UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549

FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

Commission File Number 001-15877
 
GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

INDIANA
 
35-1547518
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

711 Main Street, Box 810, Jasper, Indiana
 
47546
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:   (812) 482-1314
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act
Title of Each Class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Shares, no par value
 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:   None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
¨  Yes
þ  No
     
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
¨  Yes
þ  No
     
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
þ  Yes
¨  No
     
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
¨  Yes
¨  No
     
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K:  o
      
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company:
 
Large accelerated filer ¨
Accelerated filer þ
Non-accelerated filer ¨
Smaller reporting company ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
¨ Yes
þ No
  
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common shares held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2010 was approximately $159,692,000.  This calculation does not reflect a determination that persons are (or are not) affiliates for any other purpose.
 
As of March 1, 2011, there were outstanding 12,556,378 common shares, no par value, of the registrant.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement of German American Bancorp, Inc., for the Annual Meeting of its Shareholders to be held May 19, 2011, to the extent stated herein, are incorporated by reference into Part III.
 
 
 

 
 
GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
For Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010

Table of Contents

PART I
   
Item 1.
Business
3-11
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
11-15
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
15
Item 2.
Properties
15
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
15
Item 4.
Removed and Reserved
15
     
PART II
   
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer
 
 
Purchases of Equity Securities
16-17
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
18
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
19-35
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
36
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
37-74
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
75
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
75
Item 9B.
Other Information
75
     
PART III
   
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance
76
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
76
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related
 
 
Stockholder Matters
76-77
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
77
Item 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
77
     
PART IV
   
Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
78
   
SIGNATURES
79
   
INDEX OF EXHIBITS
80-84
 
 
2

 
 
Information included in or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and our press releases or other public statements, contain or may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  Please refer to a discussion of our forward- looking statements and associated risks in Item 1, “Business – Forward-Looking Statements and Associated Risks” and our discussion of risk factors in Item 1A, “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

PART I
Item 1. Business.
 
General

German American Bancorp, Inc. is a financial services holding company based in Jasper, Indiana.  The Company’s Common Stock is traded on NASDAQ’s Global Select Market under the symbol GABC.  The principal subsidiary of German American Bancorp, Inc., is its banking subsidiary, German American Bancorp, which operates through 33 retail banking offices in twelve contiguous Southern Indiana counties as shown below under “Office Locations.” German American Bancorp, Inc., also owns a trust, brokerage, and financial planning subsidiary, which operates from the banking offices of the bank subsidiary and a full line property and casualty insurance agency with seven insurance agency offices throughout its market area.

Throughout this report, when we use the term “Company”, we will usually be referring to the business and affairs (financial and otherwise) of German American Bancorp, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries as a whole.  Occasionally, we will refer to the term “parent company” or “holding company” when we mean to refer to only German American Bancorp, Inc and the term “Bank” when we mean to refer only to the Company’s bank subsidiary.

The Company’s lines of business include retail and commercial banking, mortgage banking, comprehensive financial planning, full service brokerage and trust administration, and a full range of personal and corporate insurance products.  Financial and other information by segment is included in Note 14 – Segment Information of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report and is incorporated into this Item 1 by reference.  Substantially all of the Company’s revenues are derived from customers located in, and substantially all of its assets are located in, the United States.

Subsidiaries

The Company’s principal operating subsidiaries are described in the following table:

Name
 
Type of Business
 
Principal Office Location
German American Bancorp
 
Commercial Bank
 
Jasper, IN
German American Insurance, Inc.
 
Multi-Line Insurance Agency
 
Jasper, IN
German American Financial Advisors & Trust Company
 
Trust, Brokerage, Financial Planning
 
Jasper, IN

Business Development

Since January 1, 2010, the Company has expanded into the Evansville, Indiana market by two acquisition transactions.  First, the Company bought (effective May 7, 2010) two branches located in that market (one in Evansville, Indiana and the other in Newburgh, Indiana, in neighboring Warrick County) that formerly were owned by Farmers State Bank of Alto Pass IL (a bank headquartered in Alto Pass, Illinois).  Pursuant to the Farmers branch purchase transaction, the Company acquired loans, real estate and other tangible assets that the Company valued as of the acquisition date at approximately $48.7 million (not including the values of certain intangible assets acquired in the purchase) and assumed net deposit liabilities of Farmers that the Company valued as of the acquisition date at approximately $50.2 million and other liabilities valued by the Company at approximately $66,000.  For further information regarding the Farmers branch purchase transaction, see Note 16 (Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets) in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report, which Note 16 is incorporated into this Item 1 by reference.

Following the Farmers branch purchase transaction, the Company acquired by merger (effective January 1, 2011) American Community Bancorp, Inc., and its subsidiary, Bank of Evansville.  Bank of Evansville provided a full range of commercial and consumer banking services in the Evansville, Indiana, area, from three banking offices located on the east, west and north sides of the city, each of which is now a branch office of the Bank.  American Community reported on its balance sheet consolidated assets and deposits (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 that totaled $340.3 million and $302.4 million, respectively.  For further information regarding the American Community Bancorp, Inc., merger transaction, see Note 19 (Subsequent Events) in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report, which Note 19 is incorporated into this Item 1 by reference.
 
 
3

 
 
The Company has in recent years focused on growing its base of operations in the Bloomington, Indiana, market, where construction is underway toward the opening of a new downtown financial services center in the summer of 2011.  Further, the Company expects to continue to evaluate opportunities to expand its business through opening of new banking, insurance or trust, brokerage and financial planning offices, and through acquisitions of other banks, bank branches, portfolios of loans or other assets, and other financial-service-related businesses and assets in the future.
 
Office Locations
 
The Indiana map below illustrates the locations of the Company’s 37 retail and commercial banking, insurance and investment offices as of March 1, 2011, including the three office locations acquired as a part of the American Community Bancorp, Inc. acquisition.


Competition

The industries in which the Company operates are highly competitive.  The Bank competes for commercial and retail banking business within its core banking segment not only with financial institutions that have offices in the same counties but also with financial institutions that compete from other locations in Southern Indiana and elsewhere.  Further, the Bank competes for loans and deposits not only with commercial banks but also with savings and loan associations, savings banks, credit unions, production credit associations, federal land banks, finance companies, credit card companies, personal loan companies, investment brokerage firms, insurance agencies, insurance companies, lease finance companies, money market funds, mortgage companies, and other non-depository financial intermediaries.  There are numerous alternative providers (including national providers that advertise extensively via television and the Internet and that provide their services through direct mail, telephone and the Internet) for the insurance products and services offered by   German American Insurance, Inc., and the trust, brokerage and financial planning products and services offered by German American Financial Advisors & Trust Company.  Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources than the Company.
 
 
4

 
 
Employees

At March 1, 2011 the Company and its subsidiaries employed approximately 396 full-time equivalent employees.  There are no collective bargaining agreements, and employee relations are considered to be good.

Regulation and Supervision
Overview

The Company is subject to regulation and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”), and is required to file with the FRB annual reports and such additional information as the FRB may require.  The FRB may also make examinations or inspections of the Company.   The Bank is under the supervision of and subject to examination by the Indiana Department of Financial Institutions (“DFI”), and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).  Regulation and examination by banking regulatory agencies are primarily for the benefit of depositors rather than shareholders.

Under FRB policy and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act a complex and wide-ranging statute that was enacted by Congress and signed into law during July 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), the Company is required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Bank, and to commit resources to support the Bank, even in circumstances where the Company might not do so absent such a requirement.  Under current federal law, the FRB may require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank.  It may charge the bank holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices if the bank holding company fails to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank or if it undertakes actions that the FRB believes might jeopardize the bank holding company’s ability to commit resources to such subsidiary bank.

With certain exceptions, the BHC Act prohibits a bank holding company from engaging in (or acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5 percent of the voting shares of any company engaged in) nonbanking activities.  One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities deemed by the FRB to be “closely related to banking.”  Under current regulations, bank holding companies and their subsidiaries are permitted to engage in such banking-related business ventures as consumer finance; equipment leasing; credit life insurance; computer service bureau and software operations; mortgage banking;   and securities brokerage.

Under the BHC Act, certain well-managed and well-capitalized bank holding companies may elect to be treated as a “financial holding company” and, as a result, be permitted to engage in a broader range of activities that are “financial in nature” and in activities that are determined to be incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature.  These activities include underwriting; dealing in and making a market in securities; insurance underwriting, and merchant banking.  Banks may also engage through financial subsidiaries in certain of the activities permitted for financial holding companies, subject to certain conditions.  The Company has not elected to become a financial holding company and its subsidiary bank has not elected to form financial subsidiaries.

The Bank and the subsidiaries of the Bank may generally engage in activities that are permissible activities for state chartered banks under Indiana banking law, without regard to the limitations that might apply to such activities under the BHC Act if the Company were to engage directly in such activities at the parent company level or through parent company subsidiaries that were not also bank subsidiaries.

Indiana law and the BHC Act restrict certain types of expansion by the Company and its bank subsidiary.   The Company and its subsidiaries may be required to apply for prior approval from (or give prior notice and an opportunity for review to) the FRB, the DFI, and/or other bank regulatory or other regulatory agencies, as a condition to the acquisition or establishment of new offices, or the acquisition (by merger or consolidation, purchase or otherwise) of the stock, business or properties of other banks or other companies.

The earnings of commercial banks and their holding companies are affected not only by general economic conditions but also by the policies of various governmental regulatory authorities.  In particular, the FRB regulates money and credit conditions and interest rates in order to influence general economic conditions, primarily through open-market operations in U.S. Government securities, varying the discount rate on bank borrowings, and setting reserve requirements against bank deposits.  These policies have a significant influence on overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and affect interest rates charged on loans and earned on investments or paid for time and savings deposits.  FRB monetary policies have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and this is expected to continue in the future.  The general effect, if any, of such policies upon the future business and earnings of the Company cannot accurately be predicted.
 
 
5

 
 
Capital Requirements

The FRB has issued risk-based capital ratio and leverage ratio guidelines for bank holding companies.  Under the guidelines and related policies, bank holding companies must maintain capital sufficient to meet both a risk-based asset ratio test and a leverage ratio test on a consolidated basis.  The risk-based ratio is determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet commitments into four weighted categories, with higher weighting assigned to categories perceived as representing greater risk.  The risk-based ratio represents total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets.  The leverage ratio is core capital divided by total assets adjusted as specified in the guidelines.  The Bank is subject to substantially similar capital requirements.

Generally, under the applicable guidelines, a financial institution’s capital is divided into two tiers.  Institutions that must incorporate market risk exposure into their risk-based capital requirements may also have a third tier of capital in the form of restricted short-term subordinated debt.  These tiers are:
 
      •      Tier 1, or core capital, includes total equity plus qualifying capital securities and minority interests, excluding unrealized gains and losses accumulated in other comprehensive income, and nonqualifying intangible and servicing assets.
 
      •      Tier 2, or supplementary capital, includes, among other things, cumulative and limited-life preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, qualifying subordinated debt, and the allowance for credit losses, up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets.
 
      •      Total Capital is Tier 1 plus Tier 2 capital.
 
The FRB and the other federal banking regulators require that all intangible assets (net of deferred tax), except originated or purchased mortgage servicing rights, nonmortgage servicing assets, and purchased credit card relationships, be deducted from Tier 1 capital.  However, the total amount of these items included in capital cannot exceed 100% of its Tier 1 capital.
 
Under the risk-based guidelines to remain “adequately-capitalized,” financial institutions are required to maintain a total risk-based ratio of 8%, with 4% being Tier 1 capital.  The appropriate regulatory authority may set higher capital requirements when they believe an institution’s circumstances warrant.
 
Under the leverage guidelines, financial institutions are required to maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 3%.  The minimum ratio is applicable only to financial institutions that meet certain specified criteria, including excellent asset quality, high liquidity, low interest rate risk exposure, and the highest regulatory rating. Financial institutions not meeting these criteria are required to maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%.
 
Failure to meet applicable capital guidelines could subject the financial institution to a variety of enforcement remedies available to the federal regulatory authorities.  These include limitations on the ability to pay dividends, the issuance by the regulatory authority of a directive to increase capital, and the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC.  In addition, the financial institution could be subject to the measures described below under a regulatory program known as Prompt Corrective Action as applicable to Under-capitalized institutions.
 
The risk-based capital standards of the FRB and the FDIC specify that evaluations by the banking agencies of a bank’s capital adequacy will include an assessment of the exposure to declines in the economic value of a bank’s capital due to changes in interest rates.  These banking agencies issued a joint policy statement on interest rate risk describing prudent methods for monitoring such risk that rely principally on internal measures of exposure and active oversight of risk management activities by senior management.
 
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvements Act (enacted in 1991) (FDICIA) requires federal banking regulatory authorities to take regulatory enforcement actions known as Prompt Corrective Action with respect to depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements.  For these purposes, FDICIA establishes five capital tiers: Well-capitalized, Adequately-capitalized, Under-capitalized, Significantly under-capitalized, and Critically under-capitalized.
 
Throughout 2010, the Company’s consolidated regulatory capital ratios and those of the Bank were in excess of the levels established for Well-capitalized institutions for purposes of the Prompt Corrective Action provisions under FDICIA. An institution is deemed to be Well-capitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% or greater and is not subject to a regulatory order, agreement, or directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.  For a tabular presentation of our regulatory capital ratios and those of the Bank as of December 31, 2010, see Note 7 to the Company's consolidated financial statements that are presented in Item 8 of this Report, which Note 7 is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
6

 
 
FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution, including payment of a cash dividend or paying any management fee to its holding company, if the depository institution would become Under-capitalized after such payment.  Under-capitalized institutions are also subject to growth limitations and are required by the appropriate federal banking agency to submit a capital restoration plan.  If any depository institution subsidiary of a holding company is required to submit a capital restoration plan, the holding company would be required to provide a limited guarantee regarding compliance with the plan as a condition of approval of such plan.
 
Depending upon the severity of the under capitalization, the Under-capitalized institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become Adequately-capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks, and restrictions on making any payment of principal or interest on their subordinated debt.  Critically Under-capitalized institutions are subject to appointment of a receiver or conservator within 90 days of becoming so classified.
 
Under FDICIA, a depository institution that is not Well-capitalized is generally prohibited from accepting brokered deposits and offering interest rates on deposits higher than the prevailing rate in its market.  Since the Bank is Well-capitalized, the FDICIA brokered deposit rule did not adversely affect its ability to accept brokered deposits. The Bank had no such brokered deposits at December 31, 2010.  Further, a depository institution or its holding company that is not Well-capitalized will generally not be successful in seeking regulatory approvals that may be necessary in connection with any plan or agreement to expand its business, such as through the acquisition (by merger or consolidation, purchase or otherwise) of the stock, business or properties of other banks or other companies.
 
Under the Dodd-Frank Act, important changes will be implemented concerning the capital requirements for financial institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act requires U.S. regulators to reform the system under which the safety and soundness of banks and other financial institutions, individually and systemically, are regulated.  That reform effort will include the regulation of capital and liquidity.  International banking industry regulators have largely agreed upon significant changes in the regulation of capital required to be held by banks and their holding companies to support their businesses and these new international rules, known as Basel III, generally increase the capital required to be held and narrow the types of instruments which will qualify as providing appropriate capital and impose a new liquidity measurement.  The Basel III requirements are complex and will be phased in over many years, and do not yet apply to U.S. banks or holding companies.  Further, it is uncertain whether or to what extent the U.S. regulators will incorporate elements of Basel III into the reformed U.S. regulatory system.  Nevertheless, many commentators expect that the U.S. reforms implemented in future years as directed by the Dodd-Frank Act will include an increase in capital requirements, and a narrowing of what qualifies as appropriate capital, and may impose a new liquidity measurement.

Restrictions on Bank Dividends or Loans to, or other Transactions with, the Parent Company, and on Parent Company Dividends

German American Bancorp, Inc., which is the publicly-held parent of the Bank (German American Bancorp), is a corporation that is separate and distinct from the Bank and its other subsidiaries.  Most of the parent company’s revenues historically have been comprised of dividends, fees, and interest paid to it by the Bank, and this is expected to continue in the future.  There are, however, statutory limits under Indiana law on the amount of dividends that the Bank can pay to its parent company without regulatory approval.  The Bank may not, without the approval of the DFI, pay a dividend in an amount greater than its undivided profits.  In addition, the prior approval of the DFI is required for the payment of a dividend by an Indiana state-chartered bank if the total of all dividends declared in a calendar year would exceed the total of its net income for the year combined with its retained net income for the two preceding years, unless such a payment qualifies under certain exemptive criteria that exempt certain dividend payments by certain qualified banks from the prior approval requirement.  At December 31, 2010, the Bank was eligible for payment of dividends under the exemptive criteria established by DFI policy for this purpose, and could have declared and paid to the holding company $30,700,000 of its undivided profits without approval by the DFI in accordance with such criteria.  See Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for further discussion.
 
In addition, the FRB and other bank regulatory agencies have issued policy statements or advisories that provide that insured banks and bank holding companies should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings.

In addition to these statutory restrictions, if, in the opinion of the applicable regulatory authority, a bank under its jurisdiction is engaged in, or is about to engage in, an unsafe or unsound practice, such authority may require, after notice and hearing, that such bank cease and desist from such practice.  Accordingly, if the Bank were to experience financial difficulties, it is possible that the applicable regulatory authority could determine that the Bank would be engaged in an unsafe or unsound practice if the Bank were to pay dividends and could prohibit the Bank from doing so, even if availability existed for dividends under the statutory formulae.

Further, the Bank is subject to affiliate transaction restrictions under federal laws, which limit certain transactions generally involving the transfer of funds by a subsidiary bank or its subsidiaries to its parent corporation or any nonbank subsidiary of its parent corporation, whether in the form of loans, extensions of credit, investments, or asset purchases, or otherwise undertaking certain obligations on behalf of such affiliates.  Furthermore, covered transactions that are loans and extensions of credit must be secured within specified amounts. In addition, all covered transactions and other affiliate transactions must be conducted on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same as such transactions with unaffiliated entities.
 
 
7

 
 
Extraordinary Government Programs

Since October of 2008, the federal government, through the United States Treasury, the Federal Reserve banking system administered by the FRB and the FDIC, have made a number of programs available to banks and other financial institutions in an effort to ensure a well-functioning U.S. financial system.

During 2009, the Company declined the opportunity to participate in the United States Treasury's Capital Purchase Program, part of the program commonly known as TARP.

The Company's banking subsidiary did, however elect to participate in the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”), created by the FDIC.  Established by final rule of the FDIC in November 2008, the TLGP provided two limited guarantee programs: One, the Debt Guarantee Program, guaranteed newly-issued senior unsecured debt, and another, the Transaction Account Guarantee program (“TAG”) guaranteed certain non-interest-bearing transaction accounts at insured depository institutions.  All insured depository institutions that offered non-interest-bearing transaction accounts had the option to participate in either program.  The Company’s bank subsidiary elected to participate in both parts of the TLGP, and, as a result, paid an annualized premium for that additional protection on the aggregate amount of its non-interest bearing transaction accounts guaranteed under the TAG.   Subsequently, both parts of the TLGP were terminated in light of Section 343 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which amended the Federal Deposit Insurance Act to provide automatic unlimited deposit insurance coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts at all insured banks beginning December 31, 2010, for a two-year period.  As a result, the Company will not pay during 2011 the separate additional premium that it paid during 2010 with respect to noninterest-bearing transaction accounts.

Other Aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act

The Dodd-Frank Act (in addition to the regulatory changes discussed elsewhere in this “Regulation and Supervision” discussion and below under “Federal Deposit Insurance Premiums and Assessments”) established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, which will have extensive regulatory and enforcement powers over consumer financial products and services, and the Financial Stability Oversight Council, which has oversight authority for monitoring and regulating systemic risk.  In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act alters the authority and duties of the federal banking and securities regulatory agencies, implements certain corporate governance requirements for all public companies including financial institutions with regard to executive compensation, proxy access by shareholders, and certain whistleblower provisions, and restricts certain proprietary trading and hedge fund and private equity activities of banks and their affiliates.  The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the issuance of many implementing regulations that will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall impact to us, our customers, or the financial industry more generally.  For instance, the FRB is directed by the Dodd-Frank Act to adopt regulations that will limit the amount of interchange fees that can be charged to a consumer in an electronic debit card transaction to the “reasonable and proportionate” incremental cost of the transaction.  Although banks under $10 billion is asset size (like the Bank) are exempt from this interchange fee limit, the Bank contracts with large debit card processors with which management of the Bank will have relatively weak bargaining power.  It is possible these processors, as a result of the Act, will earn lower revenues, leaving less revenue per transaction for the Company.  The FRB has until July 2011 to complete its regulations with respect to the interchange fee limits.   While the overall impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on the banking industry in general, and on the Company and the Bank in particular, cannot be predicted with any degree of certainty, we believe that the Company and the Bank are likely to be negatively impacted by the Dodd-Frank Act primarily in the areas of capital requirements, restrictions on fees, and other charges to customers.

Certain Other Laws and Regulations

In November 2009, the FRB amended its Regulation E under the Electronic Fund Transfer Act to prohibit banks from charging overdraft fees for ATM or point-of-sale debit card transactions that overdrew the account unless the customer opt-in to the discretionary overdraft service and to require banks to explain the terms of their overdraft services and their fees for the services.  Compliance with this Regulation E amendment was required by July 1, 2010.

The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, or the CRA, requires depository institutions to assist in meeting the credit needs of their market areas consistent with safe and sound banking practice.  Under the CRA, each depository institution is required to help meet the credit needs of its market areas by, among other things, providing credit to low- and moderate-income individuals and communities.  These factors are also considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility.   The applicable federal regulators regularly conduct CRA examinations to assess the performance of financial institutions and assign one of four ratings to the institution's records of meeting the credit needs of its community.  During its last examination, a rating of "satisfactory" was received by the Bank.
 
 
8

 
 
In accordance with the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999, or the GLB Act, federal banking regulators adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties.  These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a nonaffiliated third party.  The privacy provisions of the GLB Act affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors.

A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions over the past decade has been combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, or the USA Patriot Act, substantially broadened the scope of United States anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States.  The U.S. Treasury Department has issued a number of regulations that apply various requirements of the USA Patriot Act to financial institutions such as the Bank.  These regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers.   Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.

The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These are typically known as the "OFAC" rules based on their administration by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC").  The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on "U.S. persons" engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons).  Blocked assets (e.g., property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Premiums and Assessments

The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund, or the DIF, of the FDIC and are subject to deposit insurance premiums and assessments to maintain the DIF.  Like every other insured institution, the Bank’s deposit insurance premium assessment rate depends on the capital category and supervisory category to which it is assigned.  The FDIC has authority to raise or lower assessment rates on insured banks in order to achieve statutorily required reserve ratios in the DIF and to impose special additional assessments.

In addition, the Deposit Insurance Fund Act of 1996 authorizes the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) to impose assessments on all DIF assessable deposits in order to service the interest on FICO’s bond obligations. The amount assessed each FDIC-insured institution is in addition to the amount, if any, paid for deposit insurance under the FDIC’s risk-related assessment rate schedule. FICO assessment rates may be adjusted quarterly to reflect a change in assessment base.  These assessments will continue until the FICO bonds mature in 2019.

With the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, major changes were introduced to the FDIC deposit insurance system.  The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the basic FDIC insurance coverage for deposit accounts to a maximum amount of $250,000. Further, under the Dodd-Frank Act, (1) the minimum “designated reserve ratio” for the DIF (a measure of the adequacy of the DIF’s reserves) was increased to 1.35 percent (from the former minimum of 1.15 percent, thereby almost certainly requiring that the FDIC increase assessments on the banking industry to obtain the additional reserves for the DIF) and the upper limit on the designated reserve ratio (which was formerly capped at 1.5 percent and therefore operated as a cap on the size of the DIF) was removed; (2) the DIF reserve ratio was required to reach 1.35 percent by September 30, 2020 (rather than 1.15 percent by the end of 2016, as formerly required); (3) the FDIC was required, in setting future assessments, to “offset the effect of [requiring that the reserve ratio reach 1.35 percent by September 30, 2020 rather than 1.15 percent by the end of 2016] on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10,000,000,000”; and (4) the FDIC was required to amend its regulations to redefine the assessment base used for calculating deposit insurance assessments from a deposit-based formula to a formula that, with some possible exceptions, would assess insured institutions on the basis of an assessment base that would equal average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity.
 
 
9

 
 
On February 7, 2011, the FDIC adopted regulations effective for the 2011 second quarter assessment based on June 30, 2011 figures, and payable in September 2011, to, among other things, modify the definition of an institution’s deposit insurance assessment base as required by the Dodd-Frank Act; to change certain assessment rate adjustments; and to revise the deposit insurance assessment rate schedules in light of the new assessment base and altered adjustments.  The new initial base assessment rates under these new regulations range from 5 to 9 basis points for banks in the least risky category (determined by the FDIC primarily on the basis of bank capital levels and supervisory evaluations) to 35 basis points for banks deemed by the FDIC to be in the most risky category.  We are currently evaluating the effect of these new regulations, but we presently do not expect the 2011 FDIC assessment impact on our results of operations to be materially higher than for 2010 (disregarding the assessments that we will likely incur during 2011 as a result of the growth in our assets over 2010 levels as a result of the Bank of Evansville acquisition effective January 1, 2011).  However, any increase in the risk category of the Bank, and any industry-wide adjustments to the base assessment rates or special FDIC assessments, could result in a material increase in our expense for federal deposit insurance.

Internet Address; Internet Availability of SEC Reports

The Company's Internet address is www.germanamerican.com .

The Company makes available, free of charge through the Shareholder Information section of its Internet website, a link to the Internet website of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) by which the public may view the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, its current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports are filed with or furnished to the SEC.

Forward-Looking Statements and Associated Risks

The Company from time to time in its oral and written communications makes statements relating to its expectations regarding the future.  These types of statements are considered “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.   Such forward-looking statements can include statements about the Company’s net interest income or net interest margin; adequacy of allowance for loan losses, and the quality of the Company’s loans, investment securities and other assets; simulations of changes in interest rates; litigation results; dividend policy; acquisitions or mergers; estimated cost savings, plans and objectives for future operations; and expectations about the Company’s financial and business performance and other business matters as well as economic and market conditions and trends. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this report, including statements regarding our financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of our management for future operations, are forward-looking statements.  When used in this report, words such as “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intend”, and similar expressions, as they relate to us or our management, identify forward-looking statements.

Such forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs of our management, as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to our management, and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors.

Actual results may differ materially and adversely from the expectations of the Company that are expressed or implied by any forward-looking statement.  The discussions in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and in Item 7 of this Form 10-K, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” list some of the factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to vary materially from those expressed or implied by any forward-looking statements.  Other risks, uncertainties, and factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to vary materially from those expressed or implied by any forward-looking statement include but not limited to:
 
 
·
the unknown future direction of interest rates and the timing and magnitude of any changes in interest rates;
 
 
·
changes in competitive conditions;
 
 
·
the introduction, withdrawal, success and timing of asset/liability management strategies or of mergers and acquisitions and other business initiatives and strategies;
 
 
·
changes in customer borrowing, repayment, investment and deposit practices;
 
 
·
changes in fiscal, monetary and tax policies;
 
 
·
changes in financial and capital markets;
 
 
10

 
 
 
·
continued deterioration in general economic conditions, either nationally or locally, resulting in, among other things, credit quality deterioration;
 
 
·
capital management activities, including possible future sales of new securities, or possible repurchases or redemptions by the Company of outstanding debt or equity securities;
 
 
·
risks of expansion through acquisitions and mergers, such as unexpected credit quality problems of the acquired loans or other assets, unexpected attrition of the customer base of the acquired institution or branches, and difficulties in integration of the acquired operations;
 
 
·
factors driving impairment charges on investments;
 
 
·
the impact, extent and timing of technological changes;
 
 
·
litigation liabilities, including related costs, expenses, settlements and judgments, or the outcome of matters before regulatory agencies, whether pending or commencing in the future;
 
 
·
actions of the Federal Reserve Board;
 
 
·
changes in accounting principles and interpretations;
 
 
·
potential increases of federal deposit insurance premium expense, and possible future special assessments of FDIC premiums, either industry wide or specific to the Company’s banking subsidiary;
 
 
·
actions of the regulatory authorities under the Dodd-Frank Act and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and other possible legislative and regulatory actions and reforms; and
 
 
·
the continued availability of earnings and excess capital sufficient for the lawful and prudent declaration and payment of cash dividends.
 
Such statements reflect our views with respect to future events and are subject to these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating to the operations, results of operations, growth strategy and liquidity of the Company.  Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.  It is intended that these forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made.  We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect future events or circumstances or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
 
Item 1A. Risk Factors.

While we have a history of profitability and operate with capital that exceeds the requirements of bank regulatory agencies, the financial services industry in which we operate was adversely affected by the severe recession that commenced in 2008, and our industry is continuing to be affected by continuing weak economic conditions throughout the United States.  The following describes some of the principal risks and uncertainties to which our industry in general, and we and our assets and businesses specifically, are subject; other risks are briefly identified in our cautionary statement that is included under the heading “Forward-Looking Statements and Associated Risks” in Part I, Item 1, “Business.”  Although we seek ways to manage these risks and uncertainties and to develop programs to control those that we can, we ultimately cannot predict the future.  Future results may differ materially from past results, and from our expectations and plans.

Risks Related to the Financial Services Industry

Our FDIC insurance premiums may increase, and special assessments could be made, which might negatively impact our results of operations.

Continuing high levels of insured institution failures, as well as the continuing weak economic conditions in the United States, have significantly increased losses to the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC.  Further, the basic amount of deposit insurance per increase was permanently increased by the Dodd-Frank Act, and the Dodd-Frank Act mandates the FDIC to increase the level of its reserves for future losses in its Deposit Insurance Fund.  Since the Deposit Insurance Fund is funded by premiums and assessments paid by insured banks, our FDIC insurance premium expense has increased in recent years, and may continue to increase depending upon the FDIC’s actual loss experience, changes in our Bank’s financial condition or capital strength, and future conditions in the banking industry.

 
11

 

Banks will be burdened by implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act but the impact on banks will be uneven and uncertain .

Although it is difficult to predict the extent to which the Dodd-Frank Act or the resulting rules and regulations will impact our business, compliance with these new laws and regulations will result in additional costs for banks, which could be significant.  Further, the Dodd-Frank Act may adversely affect banks in the areas of capital requirements, and restrictions on permissible customer fees (including electronic bank debit card interchange fees) and other charges to customers.  While we believe that the burdens of the Dodd-Frank Act will fall more heavily on large banks than on smaller community banking organizations like the Company, we expect that the Company will also feel these burdens to some degree.

Changes in regulations may over the coming years increase the amount of capital that banks must maintain which could hurt our profitability and have other adverse effects .
 
Although these changes will likely not be decided upon or implemented for a number of years, the Dodd-Frank Act has mandated the FRB to reform the system under which the safety and soundness of banks and other financial institutions, individually and systemically, are regulated. That reform effort will include the regulation of capital and liquidity. If a significant tightening of U.S. capital requirements is made by the FRB as a result of this reform effort and if that tightening significantly affects America’s smaller community banks as well as the large “money center banks,” one effect might be to increase our cost of capital, which in turn might have adverse impacts on the profitability of many of our products, the types of products we could offer profitably, our overall profitability, and our overall growth opportunities, among other things. Other potential effects could include less ability to pay cash dividends and repurchase our common shares, higher dilution of common shareholders, and a higher risk that we might fall below regulatory capital thresholds in an adverse economic cycle.

We operate in a highly regulated environment and changes in laws and regulations to which we are subject may adversely affect our results of operations .

The banking industry in which we operate is subject to extensive regulation and supervision under federal and state laws and regulations.  The restrictions imposed by such laws and regulations limit the manner in which we conduct our business, undertake new investments and activities and obtain financing. These regulations are designed primarily for the protection of the deposit insurance funds and consumers and not to benefit our shareholders.  Financial institution regulation has been the subject of significant legislation in recent years, including the Dodd-Frank Act, and may be the subject of further significant legislation, none of which is in our control.  Significant new laws or changes in, or repeals of, existing laws (including changes in federal or state laws affecting corporate taxpayers generally or financial institutions specifically) could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Further, federal monetary policy, particularly as implemented through the Federal Reserve System, significantly affects credit conditions, and any unfavorable change in these conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
 
Risks Related to Our Operations and Business and Financial Strategies
 
Continuing economic weakness could negatively affect us .
 
Our performance could be negatively affected to the extent that continuing further weaknesses in business and economic conditions have direct or indirect material adverse impacts on us, or on our customers or on the financial institutions with whom we deal as counterparties to financial transactions. These conditions could result in one or more of the following:
 
 
·
a decrease in the demand for loans and other products and services offered by us;
 
·
a decrease in customer savings generally and in the demand for savings and investment products offered by us; and
 
·
an increase in the number of customers and counterparties who become delinquent, file for protection under bankruptcy laws, or default on their loans or other obligations to us.
 
Continued weakness or further deterioration in the economy, real estate markets or unemployment rates, particularly in the Southern Indiana markets in which we operate, might place downward pressure on the credit worthiness of our Bank’s customers and their inclinations to borrow.  A continued or worsening disruption and volatility could negatively impact customers' ability to obtain new loans or to repay existing loans, diminish the values of any collateral securing such loans and could cause increases in the number of the Company’s customers experiencing financial distress and in the levels of the Company’s delinquencies, non-performing loans and other problem assets, charge-offs and provision for credit losses, all of which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.  The underwriting and credit monitoring policies and procedures that we have adopted cannot eliminate the risk that we might incur losses on account of factors relating to the economy like those identified above, and those losses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 
12

 

If our actual loan losses exceed our estimates, our earnings and financial condition will be impacted .

A significant source of risk for any bank or other enterprise that lends money arises from the possibility that losses will be sustained because borrowers, guarantors and related parties may fail (because of financial difficulties or other reasons) to perform in accordance with the terms of their loan agreements.  In our case, we originate many loans that are secured, but some loans are unsecured depending on the nature of the loan. With respect to secured loans, the collateral securing the repayment of these loans includes a wide variety of real and personal property that may be insufficient to cover the obligations owed under such loans, due to adverse changes in collateral values caused by changes in prevailing economic, environmental and other conditions, including declines in the value of real estate and other external events.

We could be adversely affected by changes in interest rates .

Our earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon our net interest income. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions, demand for loans, securities and deposits, and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the monetary policies of the FRB.  If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other investments, our net interest income, and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected. Earnings could also be adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and other investments fall more quickly than the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings.  Any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Our success is tied to the economic vitality of our Southern Indiana markets .

We conduct business from offices that are exclusively located in twelve contiguous counties of Southern Indiana, from which substantially all of our customer base is drawn.  Because of the geographic concentration of our operations and customer base, our results depend largely upon economic conditions in this area.   If current levels of market disruption and volatility worsen in our primary service areas, the quality of our loan portfolio, and the demand for our products and services, could be adversely affected, and this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

We face substantial competition .

The banking and financial services business in our markets is highly competitive. We compete with much larger regional, national, and international competitors, including competitors that have no (or only a limited number of) offices physically located within our markets.  In addition, new banks could be organized in our market area which might bid aggressively for new business to capture market share in these markets.  Developments increasing the nature or level of our competition, or decreasing the effectiveness by which we compete, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.  See also Part I, Item 1, of this Report, “Business – Competition,” and “Business – Regulation and Supervision.”

The manner in which we report our financial condition and results of operations may be affected by accounting changes .

Our financial condition and results of operations that are presented in our consolidated financial statements, accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements, and selected financial data appearing in this report, are, to a large degree, dependent upon our accounting policies.  The selection of and application of these policies involve estimates, judgments and uncertainties that are subject to change, and the effect of any change in estimates or judgments that might be caused by future developments or resolution of uncertainties could be materially adverse to our reported financial condition and results of operations.  In addition, authorities that prescribe accounting principles and standards for public companies from time to time change those principles or standards or adopt formal or informal interpretations of existing principles or standards.  Such changes or interpretations (to the extent applicable to us) could result in changes that would be materially adverse to our reported financial condition and results of operations.

Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition .

Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of securities or loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity.  Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities or the terms of which are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy in general.  Although we have historically been able to replace maturing deposits and borrowings as necessary, we might not be able to replace such funds in the future if, among other things, our results of operations or financial condition or the results of operations or financial condition of our lenders or market conditions were to change.

 
13

 

The value of securities in our investment securities portfolio may be negatively affected by continued disruptions in securities markets .

Prices and volumes of transactions in the nation’s securities markets can be affected suddenly by economic crises, such as that experienced in the United States and internationally in 2008, or by other national or international crises, such as national disasters, acts of war or terrorism,  changes in commodities markets, or instability in foreign governments.  Disruptions in securities markets may detrimentally affect the value of securities that we hold in our investment portfolio, such as through reduced valuations due to the perception of heightened credit and liquidity risks. There can be no assurance that declines in market value associated with these disruptions will not result in other than temporary impairments of these assets, which would lead to accounting charges that could have a material adverse effect on our net income and capital levels.

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us .

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions.  Financial services companies are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other institutional clients.  As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services companies, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions.  Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty or client.   In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount due us.

We are dependent on key personnel and the loss of one or more of those key personnel could harm our business.

Competition for qualified employees and personnel in the financial services industry (including banking personnel, trust and investments personnel, and insurance personnel) is intense and there are a limited number of qualified persons with knowledge of and experience in our local Southern Indiana markets.  Our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to attract and retain qualified loan origination executives, sales executives for our trust and investment products and services, and sales executives for our insurance products and services.  We also depend upon the continued contributions of our management personnel, and in particular upon the abilities of our senior executive management, and the loss of the services of one or more of them could harm our business.

Our controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented.

Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures.  Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met.  Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

We are subject to security and operational risks relating to our use of technology that could damage our reputation and our business .

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business.  Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems.  The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of information systems used to process customer transactions could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability.

We are exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which we take title.

In the course of our business, we may own or foreclose and take title to real estate, and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties (including liabilities for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination), or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property.

 
14

 
 
Any acquisitions of banks, bank branches, or loans or other financial service assets pose risks to us.
 
In the last twelve months, we expanded into the Evansville, Indiana market by buying two branches of another bank, and then by acquiring by merger Bank of Evansville and its three banking locations effective January 1, 2011.  We may continue to buy banks, bank branches and other financial-service-related businesses and assets in the future.  Acquiring other banks, businesses, or branches involves various risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including, among other things:
 
 
·
potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of the acquired assets, operations or company;
 
 
·
exposure to potential asset quality issues of the acquired assets, operations or company;
 
 
·
environmental liability with acquired real estate collateral or other real estate;
 
 
·
difficulty and expense of integrating the operations, systems and personnel of the acquired assets, operations or company;
 
 
·
potential disruption to our ongoing business, including diversion of our management’s time and attention;
 
 
·
the possible loss of key employees and customers of the acquired operations or company;
 
 
·
difficulty in estimating the value of the acquired assets, operations or company; and
 
 
·
potential changes in banking or tax laws or regulations that may affect the acquired assets, operations or company.
 
We may not be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with mergers or acquisitions.
 
Acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and market values, and, therefore, some dilution of the Company's tangible book value per common share or net income per common share (or both) may occur in connection with any future transaction.  Furthermore, failure to realize the expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits from an acquisition could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
We may participate in FDIC-assisted acquisitions, which could present additional risks to our financial condition.
 
We may make opportunistic whole or partial acquisitions of troubled financial institutions in transactions facilitated by the FDIC. In addition to the risks frequently associated with acquisitions, an acquisition of a troubled financial institution may involve a greater risk that the acquired assets underperform compared to our expectations. Because these acquisitions are structured in a manner that would not allow us the time normally associated with preparing for and evaluating an acquisition, including preparing for integration of an acquired institution, we may face additional risks including, among other things, the loss of customers, strain on management resources related to collection and management of problem loans and problems related to integration of personnel and operating systems. Additionally, while the FDIC may agree to assume certain losses in transactions that it facilitates, there can be no assurances that we would not be required to raise additional capital as a condition to, or as a result of, participation in an FDIC-assisted transaction. Any such transactions and related issuances of stock may have dilutive effect on earnings per share and share ownership.
 
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments .    None.

Item 2. Properties.

The Company’s executive offices are located in the main office building of the Bank at 711 Main Street, Jasper, Indiana.  The main office building, which is owned by the Bank and also serves as the main office of the Company’s other subsidiaries, contains approximately 23,600 square feet of office space.  The Bank and the Company’s other subsidiaries also conduct their operations from 37 other locations in Southern Indiana of which 30 are owned by the Company and seven are leased from third parties.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

There are no material pending legal proceedings, other than routine litigation incidental to the business of the Company’s subsidiaries, to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any of their property is the subject.

Item 4. Removed and Reserved.

 
15

 

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market and Dividend Information

German American Bancorp, Inc.’s stock is traded on NASDAQ’s Global Select Market under the symbol GABC.  The quarterly high and low closing prices for the Company’s common stock as reported by NASDAQ and quarterly cash dividends declared and paid are set forth in the table below.
      2010   2009  
               
Cash
             
Cash
 
   
High
   
Low
   
Dividend
 
High
   
Low
   
Dividend
 
                                   
Fourth Quarter
  $ 18.81     $ 16.68     $ 0.140   $ 17.31     $ 14.24     $ 0.140  
Third Quarter
  $ 17.31     $ 15.01     $ 0.140   $ 18.33     $ 14.25     $ 0.140  
Second Quarter
  $ 17.03     $ 14.68     $ 0.140   $ 16.04     $ 11.33     $ 0.140  
First Quarter
  $ 16.18     $ 14.18     $ 0.140   $ 12.50     $ 10.40     $ 0.140  
                    $ 0.560                   $ 0.560  
 
The Common Stock was held of record by approximately 3,602 shareholders at March 1, 2011.
 
Cash dividends paid to the Company’s shareholders are primarily funded from dividends received by the parent company from its bank subsidiary.  The declaration and payment of future dividends will depend upon the earnings and financial condition of the Company and its subsidiaries, general economic conditions, compliance with regulatory requirements affecting the ability of the bank subsidiary and the Company to declare dividends, (for further discussion of such requirements, see Item 1, “Business - Regulation and Supervision - Restrictions on Bank Dividends or Loans to, or other Transactions with, the Parent Company and Parent Company Dividends”), and other factors.
 
Transfer Agent:
 
Computershare
 
Shareholder
 
Terri A. Eckerle
   
Priority Processing
 
Information and
 
German American Bancorp, Inc.
   
250 Royall St
 
Corporate Office:
 
P. O. Box 810
   
Canton, MA  02021
     
Jasper, Indiana  47547-0810
   
Contact: Shareholder Relations
     
(812) 482-1314
   
(800) 884-4225
     
(800) 482-1314
 
Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the Company’s five-year cumulative total returns with those of the Russell 2000 Stock Index, Russell Microcap Stock Index, and the Indiana Bank Peer Group.  The Indiana Bank Peer Group (which is a custom peer group identified by Company management) includes all Indiana-based commercial bank holding companies (excluding companies owning thrift institutions that are not regulated as bank holding companies) that have been in existence as commercial bank holding companies throughout the five-year period ended December 31, 2010, the stocks of which have been traded on an established securities market (NYSE, AMEX, NASDAQ) throughout that five-year period.  The companies comprising the Indiana Bank Peer Group for purposes of the December 2010 comparison were:  1st Source Corp., Community Bank Shares of IN, First Financial Corp., First Merchants Corp., Integra Bank Corp., Lakeland Financial Corp., MainSource Financial Group, Old National Bancorp, Indiana Community Bancorp, Horizon Bancorp, Monroe Bancorp, and Tower Financial Corp. The returns of each company in the Indiana Bank Peer Group have been weighted to reflect the company’s market capitalization.  The Russell 2000 Stock Index, which is designed to measure the performance of the small-cap segment of the U.S. equity universe, is a subset of the Russell 3000 Index (which measures the performance of the largest 3,000 U.S. companies) that includes approximately 2,000 of the smallest securities in that index based on a combination of their market cap and current index membership, and is annually reconstituted at the end of each June.  The Russell Microcap Stock Index is an index representing the smallest 1,000 securities in the small-cap Russell 2000 Index plus the next 1,000 securities, which is also annually reconstituted at the end of each June.  The Company’s stock is currently included in the Russell 2000 Index and Russell Microcap Index.

 
16

 


Stock Repurchase Program Information

The following table sets forth information regarding the Company's purchases of its common shares during each of the three months ended December 31, 2010.

   
Total
               
Maximum Number
 
    
Number
         
Total Number of Shares
   
(or Approximate Dollar
 
    
Of Shares
   
Average Price
   
(or Units) Purchased as Part
   
Value) of Shares (or Units)
 
    
(or Units)
   
Paid Per Share
   
of Publicly Announced Plans
   
that May Yet Be Purchased
 
Period
 
Purchased
   
(or Unit)
   
or Programs
   
Under the Plans or Programs  (1)
 
October 2010
                      272,789  
November 2010
                      272,789  
December 2010
                      272,789  
  
(1)   On April 26, 2001, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had approved a stock repurchase program for up to 607,754 of its outstanding common shares, of which the Company had purchased 334,965 common shares through December 31, 2010 (both such numbers adjusted for subsequent stock dividends).  The Board of Directors established no expiration date for this program. The Company purchased no shares under this program during the quarter ended December 31, 2010.
 
 
17

 

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.

The following selected data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included in Item 8 of this Report, and “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which is included in Item 7 of this Report (dollars in thousands, except per share data).  Year-to-year financial information comparability is affected by the acquisition accounting treatment for mergers and acquisitions, including but not limited to the Company’s acquisitions of two branches of another bank in May 2010 (see Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this report).

     
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Summary of Operations:
                             
Interest Income
  $ 64,193     $ 63,736     $ 67,845     $ 72,261     $ 63,594  
Interest Expense
    15,522       19,223       26,908       33,646       27,398  
Net Interest Income
    48,671       44,513       40,937       38,615       36,196  
Provision for Loan Losses
    5,225       3,750       3,990       3,591       925  
Net Interest Income after Provision
                                       
For Loan Losses
    43,446       40,763       36,947       35,024       35,271  
Non-interest Income
    16,943       15,859       18,210       15,704       15,993  
Non-interest Expense
    41,361       40,391       36,716       37,221       37,059  
Income before Income Taxes
    19,028       16,231       18,441       13,507       14,205  
Income Tax Expense
    5,623       4,013       5,638       4,102       3,984  
Net Income
  $ 13,405     $ 12,218     $ 12,803     $ 9,405     $ 10,221  
                                         
Year-end Balances:
                                       
Total Assets
  $ 1,375,888     $ 1,242,965     $ 1,190,828     $ 1,131,710     $ 1,093,424  
Total Loans, Net of Unearned Income
    917,236       877,822       890,436       867,721       796,259  
Total Deposits
    1,087,286       969,643       941,750       877,421       867,618  
Total Long-term Debt
    81,016       113,320       105,608       86,786       68,333  
Total Shareholders’ Equity
    121,534       113,549       105,174       97,116       92,391  
                                         
Average Balances:
                                       
Total Assets
  $ 1,330,540     $ 1,230,596     $ 1,174,583     $ 1,114,140     $ 1,029,838  
Total Loans, Net of Unearned Income
    906,127       891,322       880,630       840,849       715,260  
Total Deposits
    1,046,295       963,928       922,137       889,736       814,440  
Total Shareholders’ Equity
    119,867       109,887       99,711       93,677       88,451  
                                         
Per Share Data (1) :
                                       
Net Income
  $ 1.21     $ 1.10     $ 1.16     $ 0.85     $ 0.93  
Cash Dividends
    0.56       0.56       0.56       0.56       0.56  
Book Value at Year-end
    10.94       10.25       9.54       8.81       8.39  
                                         
Other Data at Year-end:
                                       
Number of Shareholders
    3,194       3,364       3,684       3,647       3,438  
Number of Employees
    359       332       348       371       397  
Weighted Average Number of Shares (1)
    11,098,836       11,065,917       11,029,519       11,009,536       10,994,739  
                                         
Selected Performance Ratios:
                                       
Return on Assets
    1.01 %     0.99 %     1.09 %     0.84 %     0.99 %
Return on Equity
    11.18 %     11.12 %     12.84 %     10.04 %     11.56 %
Equity to Assets
    8.83 %     9.14 %     8.83 %     8.58 %     8.45 %
Dividend Payout
    46.36 %     50.71 %     48.25 %     65.65 %     60.29 %
Net Charge-offs to Average Loans
    0.32 %     0.25 %     0.29 %     0.32 %     0.50 %
Allowance for Loan Losses to Loans
    1.45 %     1.25 %     1.07 %     0.93 %     0.90 %
Net Interest Margin
    3.98 %     3.95 %     3.82 %     3.83 %     3.96 %
  
(1)    Share and Per Share Data excludes the dilutive effect of stock options.
 
 
18

 

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

INTRODUCTION


German American Bancorp, Inc. is a financial services holding company based in Jasper, Indiana. The Company’s Common Stock is traded on NASDAQ’s Global Select Market, under the symbol GABC.  The principal subsidiary of German American Bancorp, Inc., is its banking subsidiary, German American Bancorp, which operates through 33 retail banking offices in the twelve contiguous Southern Indiana counties of Daviess, Dubois, Gibson, Knox, Lawrence, Martin, Monroe, Perry, Pike, Spencer, Warrick, and Vanderburgh.  German American Bancorp, Inc., also owns a trust, brokerage, and financial planning subsidiary, which operates from the banking offices of the bank subsidiary, and full line property and casualty insurance agency with seven insurance agency offices throughout its market area.

Throughout this Management’s Discussion and Analysis, as elsewhere in this report, when we use the term “Company”, we will usually be referring to the business and affairs (financial and otherwise) of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates as a whole.  Occasionally, we will refer to the term “parent company” or “holding company” when we mean to refer to only German American Bancorp, Inc., and the term “Bank” when we mean to refer to only the Company’s bank subsidiary.

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis includes an analysis of the major components of the Company’s operations for the years 2008 through 2010 and its financial condition as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.  This information should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements and footnotes contained elsewhere in this report and with the description of business included in Item 1 of this Report (including the cautionary disclosure regarding “Forward Looking Statements and Associated Risks”).  Financial and other information by segment is included in Note 14 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report and is incorporated into this Item 7 by reference.

On January 1, 2011 (as discussed by Note 19, Subsequent Events, of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report, which Note 19 is incorporated herein by reference), the Company completed its acquisition of American Community Bancorp, Inc., and its subsidiaries, including Bank of Evansville.  This transaction has materially increased the levels of the Company’s total assets, liabilities, shareholders equity, income and expense over the corresponding pre-acquisition levels as of December 31, 2010 and for the fiscal year then ended.  American Community Bancorp’s consolidated assets and equity (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 totaled $340.3 million and $18.4 million, respectively, and its consolidated net income (loss) totaled ($632,000) for year-ended December 31, 2010. This transaction will be accounted for in the Company’s future financial statements (for any period ended on or after January 1, 2011) under the acquisition method of accounting. Under the acquisition method, the purchase price will be allocated to identifiable assets and assumed liabilities based on their fair values. Any excess will be accounted for as goodwill. Intangible assets with definite lives will be amortized over their estimated useful lives. Goodwill and intangible assets determined to have indefinite lives will not be amortized, but will be tested for impairment at least annually (more frequently if certain indicators are present). In the event that management of the Company determines that the value of goodwill or intangible assets has become impaired, an impairment charge will be recorded in the fiscal quarter in which such determination is made. Costs related to this acquisition that were incurred by the Company during 2010 were expensed by the Company during 2010, and costs related to the merger that were incurred in 2011 will be recorded in 2011.

The statements of management’s expectations and goals concerning the Company’s future operations and performance that are  set forth in the following Management Overview and in other sections of this Item 7 are forward-looking statements, and readers are cautioned that these forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors.  Actual results may differ materially from the expectations of the Company that is expressed or implied by any forward-looking statement.  This Item 7, as well as the discussions in Item 1 (“Business”) entitled “Forward-Looking Statements and Associated Risks” and  in Item 1A (“Risk Factors”) (which discussions are incorporated in this Item 7 by reference) list some of the factors that could cause the Company's actual results to vary materially from those expressed or implied by any such forward-looking statements.

MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW

The Company’s 2010 net income totaled $13.4 million, or $1.21 per share, which was a record level of earnings for the Company and represented a 10% increase over the Company’s 2009 net income of $12.2 million, or $1.10 per share.  The Company’s return on average equity for 2010 was 11.2%, representing the sixth consecutive year the Company has achieved a double-digit return on equity.
  
The record 2010 performance was driven by an improvement in the level of the Company’s core operating results, derived from increased revenues in both net interest income and non-interest income.  The Company’s 2010 net interest income increased by $4.2 million while its non-interest income reflected a $1.1 million improvement from the levels reported in 2009.  The higher level of net interest income was the result of both an 8% increase in the level of the Company’s average earning assets, and a widening of the Company’s tax-equivalent net interest margin to 3.98% up from 3.95% in 2009.  The increased non-interest income was largely attributable to an approximately $400 thousand increase in the gain from the sale of secondary market residential mortgage loans, and a $511 thousand increase in gains on the sale of other real estate.

 
19

 

Management intends to strive to continue to maintain the Company’s strong financial condition by, among other things:

 
·
emphasizing the growth of low-cost transaction account deposits (see “SOURCES OF FUNDS” below for historical information as to the Company’s deposit mix),
 
·
maintaining a targeted concentration of at least 75% of its loan portfolio balances in loans and other extensions of credit to commercial borrowers (categorized in our financial statements as Commercial and Industrial Loans, Commercial Real Estate Loans, and Agricultural Loans) (see “USES OF FUNDS – LOANS” below for historical information concerning loan portfolio composition), and
 
·
focusing on the maintenance of strong asset quality (see “RISK MANAGEMENT – NON-PEFORMING ASSETS” below for historical information concerning certain asset quality ratios).

Management is also committed to managing the Company’s operating efficiency by seeking wherever possible to optimize its existing branch network, justify existing product and service offerings, standardize its back-office operations, and maximize staff productivity.

As discussed elsewhere in this report, the Company has entered the Evansville, Indiana market since January 1, 2010, through two separate acquisition transactions and now operates five branches in that market. For further information, see Item 1, “Business – Business Development”, and Note 16 (Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets) and Note 19 (Subsequent Events) in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report. The Company plans to open a new financial services center in downtown Bloomington, Indiana in the summer of 2011.   Management expects to continue to evaluate opportunities to expand the Company’s business through opening of other new banking, insurance or trust, brokerage and financial planning offices, and through acquisitions of other banks, bank branches, portfolios of loans or other assets, and other financial-service-related businesses and assets.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES


The financial condition and results of operations for German American Bancorp, Inc. presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements, accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, and selected financial data appearing elsewhere within this report, are, to a large degree, dependent upon the Company’s accounting policies.  The selection of and application of these policies involve estimates, judgments and uncertainties that are subject to change.  The critical accounting policies and estimates that the Company has determined to be the most susceptible to change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of securities available for sale, and the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to cover probable incurred credit losses at the balance sheet date.  Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed.  Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.  Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged-off.  A provision for loan losses is charged to operations based on management's periodic evaluation of the necessary allowance balance.  Evaluations are conducted at least quarterly and more often if deemed necessary.  The ultimate recovery of all loans is susceptible to future market factors beyond the Company's control.

The Company has an established process to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The determination of the allowance is inherently subjective, as it requires significant estimates, including the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on other classified loans and pools of homogeneous loans, and consideration of past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors, all of which may be susceptible to significant change.  The allowance consists of two components of allocations, specific and general.  These two components represent the total allowance for loan losses deemed adequate to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio.
 
 
20

 
 
Commercial and agricultural loans are subject to a standardized grading process administered by an internal loan review function.  The need for specific reserves is considered for credits when graded substandard or special mention, or when: (a) the customer’s cash flow or net worth appears insufficient to repay the loan; (b) the loan has been criticized in a regulatory examination; (c) the loan is on non-accrual; or, (d) other reasons where the ultimate collectibility of the loan is in question, or the loan characteristics require special monitoring.  Specific allowances are established in cases where management has identified significant conditions or circumstances related to an individual credit that we believe indicates the loan is impaired.  Specific allocations on impaired loans are determined by comparing the loan balance to the present value of expected cash flows or expected collateral proceeds.  Allocations are also applied to categories of loans not considered individually impaired but for which the rate of loss is expected to be greater than historical averages, including those graded substandard or special mention and non-performing consumer or residential real estate loans.  Such allocations are based on past loss experience and information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values.

General allocations are made for other pools of loans, including non-classified loans, homogeneous portfolios of consumer and residential real estate loans, and loans within certain industry categories believed to present unique risk of loss.  General allocations of the allowance are primarily made based on a three-year historical average for loan losses for these portfolios, judgmentally adjusted for economic factors and portfolio trends.

Due to the imprecise nature of estimating the allowance for loan losses, the Company’s allowance for loan losses includes a minor unallocated component.  The unallocated component of the allowance for loan losses incorporates the Company’s judgmental determination of inherent losses that may not be fully reflected in other allocations, including factors such as economic uncertainties, lending staff quality, industry trends impacting specific portfolio segments, and broad portfolio quality trends.    Therefore, the ratio of allocated to unallocated components within the total allowance may fluctuate from period to period.

SECURITIES VALUATION

Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported separately in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax.  The Company obtains market values from a third party on a monthly basis in order to adjust the securities to fair value.  Equity securities that do not have readily determinable fair values are carried at cost.  Additionally, when securities are deemed to be other than temporarily impaired a charge will be recorded through earnings; therefore, future changes in the fair value of securities could have a significant impact on the Company’s operating results.  In determining whether a market value decline is other than temporary, management considers the reason for the decline, the extent of the decline, the duration of the decline and whether the Company intends to sell or believes it will be required to sell the securities prior to recovery.  As of December 31, 2010, gross unrealized losses on the securities available-for-sale portfolio totaled approximately $1,601,000 and gross unrealized gains totaled approximately $9,512,000.  As of December 31, 2010, held-to-maturity securities had a gross unrecognized gain of approximately $9,000.

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

Income tax expense involves estimates related to the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets and loss contingencies related to exposure from tax examinations.

A valuation allowance reduces deferred tax assets to the amount management believes is more likely than not to be realized.  In evaluating the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers the likelihood that sufficient taxable income of appropriate character will be generated within carryback and carryforward periods, including consideration of available tax planning strategies. Tax related loss contingencies, including assessments arising from tax examinations and tax strategies, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated.  In considering the likelihood of loss, management considers the nature of the contingency, the progress of any examination or related protest or appeal, the views of legal counsel and other advisors, experience of the Company or other enterprises in similar matters, if any, and management’s  intended response to any assessment.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


NET INCOME

Net income increased $1,187,000 or 10% to $13,405,000 or $1.21 per share in 2010 compared to $12,218,000 or $1.10 per share in 2009.  The increase in earnings during 2010 compared with 2009 was largely the result of higher net interest income, increased non-interest revenues partially mitigated by an increased provision for loan loss and modestly higher levels of non-interest expense.

Net income declined $585,000 or 5% to $12,218,000 or $1.10 per share in 2009 compared to $12,803,000 or $1.16 per share in 2008.  The decline in earnings during 2009 compared with 2008 was largely the result of lower non-interest revenues and higher levels of non-interest expense partially mitigated by an increase in net interest income.
 
 
21

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

Net interest income is the Company’s single largest source of earnings, and represents the difference between interest and fees realized on earning assets, less interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds.  Several factors contribute to the determination of net interest income and net interest margin, including the volume and mix of earning assets, interest rates, and income taxes.  Many factors affecting net interest income are subject to control by management policies and actions.  Factors beyond the control of management include the general level of credit and deposit demand, Federal Reserve Board monetary policy, and changes in tax laws.

Net interest income and net interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased $4,158,000 or 9% for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared with the year ended 2009. The increase in net interest income was primarily attributable to an increased level of average earning assets and a modestly expanded net interest margin in 2010 compared with 2009.  The tax equivalent net interest margin for 2010 was 3.98% compared to 3.95% for 2009.  The yield on earning assets totaled 5.23% during 2010 compared to 5.62% in 2009 while the cost of funds (expressed as a percentage of average earning assets) totaled 1.25% during 2010 compared to 1.67% in 2009.

Average earning assets increased by approximately $93.5 million or 8% during 2010 compared with 2009.  Average loans outstanding increased by $14.8 million or 2% during 2010 compared with 2009.  The remainder of the increase in average earning assets was primarily related to an increased securities portfolio in 2010.  The key driver of the increased securities portfolio and overall increased average earnings assets was a higher level of average core deposits (core deposits defined as demand deposits - both interest and non-interest bearing, savings, money market and time deposits in denominations of less than $100,000).  During 2010 average core deposits increased $86.5 million or 10%, compared to 2009.

The increase in average loans and average core deposits during 2010 compared to 2009 was positively impacted by the acquisition of the two Evansville area (Indiana) branches on May 7, 2010 described by Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements that are included in Item 8 of this Report.  On an annual average basis, loans and core deposits related to the acquired branches totaled approximately $29.2 million during 2010.
 
The expansion of the Company’s net interest income and net interest margin during 2010 compared with 2009 was aided by utilization of interest rate floors on adjustable rate commercial and industrial, commercial real estate and agricultural loans.  As of December 31, 2010 the Company’s commercial and agricultural loan portfolios totaled $723.2 million of which approximately 73% were adjustable rate loans.  Of these adjustable rate loans, approximately 87% contain interest rate floors which range predominantly from 4% to 7%.  At year-end 2010, approximately $310.5 million of these loans were at their contractual floor.

Also contributing to the expansion of the Company’s net interest income and net interest margin during 2010 compared with 2009 has been the relative liability sensitive nature of the Company’s balance sheet.  The Company was able to effectively lower interest rates on both its interest-bearing non-maturity deposits while continuing to expand its core deposit base.  In addition, the Company has been able to lower its cost of time deposits in a time of historically low interest rates while holding its level of deposits relatively stable.

Net interest income increased $3,576,000 or 9% (an increase of $3,798,000 or 9% on a tax-equivalent basis) for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared with the year ended 2008. The increase in net interest income was primarily attributable to an increased level of average earning assets and an expanded net interest margin in 2009 compared with 2008.  The tax equivalent net interest margin for 2009 was 3.95% compared to 3.82% for 2008.  The yield on earning assets totaled 5.62% during 2009 compared to 6.30% in 2008 while the cost of funds (expressed as a percentage of average earning assets) totaled 1.67% during 2009 compared to 2.48% in 2008.

Average earning assets increased by approximately $61.9 million or 6% during 2009 compared with 2008.  Average loans outstanding increased by $10.7 million or 1% during 2009 compared with 2008.  The remainder of the increase in average earning assets was primarily related to an increased securities portfolio in 2009 driven by a higher level of average core deposits.  During 2009 average core deposits increased $53.5 million or 7%, compared to 2008.

 
22

 

The following table summarizes net interest income (on a tax-equivalent basis) for each of the past three years.  For tax-equivalent adjustments, an effective tax rate of 34% was used for all years presented (1) .

Average Balance Sheet
(Tax-equivalent basis, dollars in thousands)

   
Twelve Months Ended
       
Twelve Months Ended
       
Twelve Months Ended
 
   
December 31, 2010
       
December 31, 2009
       
December 31, 2008
 
   
Principal
   
Income /
 
Yield /
       
Principal
   
Income /
 
Yield /
       
Principal
   
Income /
 
Yield /
 
   
Balance
   
Expense
 
Rate
       
Balance
   
Expense
 
Rate
       
Balance
   
Expense
 
Rate
 
ASSETS
                                                       
Federal Funds Sold and   Other Short-term Investments
  $ 41,020     $ 76     0.19 %       $ 41,085     $ 106     0.26 %       $ 35,064     $ 593     1.69 %
                                                                           
Securities:
                                                                         
Taxable
    268,170       9,812     3.66 %         192,074       8,660     4.51 %         152,710       8,007     5.24 %
Non-taxable
    26,584       1,575     5.92 %         23,920       1,614     6.75 %         18,061       1,164     6.44 %
Total Loans and Leases (2)
    906,127       53,540     5.91 %         891,322       54,166     6.08 %         880,630       58,669     6.66 %
                                                                           
TOTAL INTEREST EARNING ASSETS
    1,241,901       65,003     5.23 %         1,148,401       64,546     5.62 %         1,086,465       68,433     6.30 %
                                                                           
Other Assets
    100,124                         92,699                         97,275                
Less: Allowance for Loan Losses
    (11,485 )                       (10,504 )                       (9,157 )              
                                                                           
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 1,330,540                       $ 1,230,596                       $ 1,174,583                
                                                                           
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                                                         
Interest-bearing Demand Deposits
  $ 281,355     $ 953     0.34 %       $ 245,811     $ 1,710     0.70 %       $ 212,467     $ 3,439     1.62 %
Savings Deposits
    237,610       735     0.31 %         227,403       1,531     0.67 %         209,593       3,407     1.63 %
Time Deposits
    354,239       8,873     2.50 %         341,041       10,254     3.01 %         359,115       14,366     4.00 %
FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings
    150,737       4,961     3.29 %         143,332       5,728     4.00 %         138,888       5,696     4.10 %
                                                                           
TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES
    1,023,941       15,522     1.52 %         957,587       19,223     2.01 %         920,063       26,908     2.92 %
                                                                           
Demand Deposit Accounts
    173,091                         149,673                         140,962                
Other Liabilities
    13,641                         13,449                         13,847                
TOTAL LIABILITIES
    1,210,673                         1,120,709                         1,074,872                
                                                                           
Shareholders’ Equity
    119,867                         109,887                         99,711                
                                                                           
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  $ 1,330,540                       $ 1,230,596                       $ 1,174,583                
                                                                           
COST OF FUNDS
                  1.25 %                       1.67 %                       2.48 %
                                                                           
NET INTEREST INCOME
          $ 49,481                       $ 45,323                       $ 41,525        
                                                                           
NET INTEREST MARGIN
                  3.98 %                       3.95 %                       3.82 %
 
(1)
Effective tax rates were determined as though interest earned on the Company’s investments in municipal bonds and loans was fully taxable.
 
(2)
Loans held-for-sale and non-accruing loans have been included in average loans. Interest income on loans includes loan fees of $909, $545, and $127 for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
 
 
23

 

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated a summary of the changes in interest income and interest expense resulting from changes in volume and changes in rates:

Net Interest Income – Rate / Volume Analysis
(Tax-Equivalent basis, dollars in thousands)

   
2010 compared to 2009
   
2009 compared to 2008
 
   
Increase / (Decrease) Due to  (1)
   
Increase / (Decrease) Due to  (1)
 
   
Volume
   
Rate
   
Net
   
Volume
   
Rate
   
Net
 
Interest Income:
                                   
Federal Funds Sold and Other Short-term Investments
  $     $ (30 )   $ (30 )   $ 87     $ (574 )   $ (487 )
Taxable Securities
    2,993       (1,841 )     1,152       1,876       (1,223 )     653  
Non-taxable Securities
    169       (208 )     (39 )     393       57       450  
Loans and Leases
    890       (1,516 )     (626 )     705       (5,208 )     (4,503 )
Total Interest Income
    4,052       (3,595 )     457       3,061       (6,948 )     (3,887 )
                                                 
Interest Expense:
                                               
Savings and Interest-bearing Demand
    288       (1,841 )     (1,553 )     747       (4,352 )     (3,605 )
Time Deposits
    384       (1,765 )     ( 1,381 )     (693 )     (3,419 )     (4,112 )
FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings
    284       (1,051 )     (767 )     180       (148 )     32  
Total Interest Expense
    956       (4,657 )     (3,701 )     234       (7,919 )     (7,685 )
                                                 
Net Interest Income
  $ 3,096     $ 1,062     $ 4,158     $ 2,827     $ 971     $ 3,798  
(1)
The change in interest due to both rate and volume has been allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

See the Company’s Average Balance Sheet and the discussions headed USES OF FUNDS, SOURCES OF FUNDS, and “RISK MANAGEMENT – Liquidity and Interest Rate Risk Management” for further information on the Company’s net interest income, net interest margin, and interest rate sensitivity position.

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

The Company provides for loan losses through regular provisions to the allowance for loan losses.  The provision is affected by net charge-offs on loans and changes in specific and general allocations required on the allowance for loan losses.  Provisions for loan losses totaled $5,225,000, $3,750,000, and $3,990,000 in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

The level of provision for loan losses increased by $1,475,000 or 39% during 2010 compared with 2009.  The increase in provision during 2010 compared with 2009 was largely the result of a higher level of net charge-offs and an upward trend in the Company’s level of non-performing loans and impaired loans.  During 2010, the provision for loan losses totaled 0.58% of average outstanding loans while net charge-offs represented 0.32% of average outstanding loans.  As a result, the Company’s allowance for loan losses increased to 1.45% of total loans at year-end 2010 compared with 1.25% at year-end 2009.

The level of provision for loan losses declined by $240,000 or 6% during 2009 compared with 2008.  The decline in provision during 2009 compared with 2008 was largely the result of a lower level of net charge-offs and a relatively stable level of non-performing loans.  During 2009, the provision for loan losses totaled 0.42% of average outstanding loans while net charge-offs represented 0.25% of average outstanding loans.  As a result, the Company’s allowance for loan losses increased to 1.25% of total loans at year-end 2009 compared with 1.07% at year-end 2008.

Provisions for loan losses in all periods were made at a level deemed necessary by management to absorb estimated, probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio.  A detailed evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is completed quarterly by management, the results of which are used to determine provisions for loan losses.  Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other qualitative factors. Refer also to the sections entitled CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES and “RISK MANAGEMENT – Lending and Loan Administration” for further discussion of the provision and allowance for loan losses.

 
24

 

NON-INTEREST INCOME

During 2010, Non-interest Income increased $1,084,000 or 7% compared with 2009 and during 2009 decreased $2,351,000 or 13% compared with 2008.
  
                     
% Change From
 
Non-interest Income (dollars in thousands)
 
Years Ended December 31,
   
Prior Year
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2010
   
2009
 
Trust and Investment Product Fees
  $ 1,582     $ 1,617     $ 2,288       (2 )%     (29 )%
Service Charges on Deposit Accounts
    4,065       4,395       4,920       (8 )     (11 )
Insurance Revenues
    5,347       5,296       6,306       1       (16 )
Company Owned Life Insurance
    806       1,104       791       (27 )     40  
Interchange Fee Income
    1,243       969       909       28       7  
Other Operating Income
    1,740       1,141       1,503       52       (24 )
Subtotal
    14,783       14,522       16,717       2       (13 )
Net Gains on Sales of Loans
    2,160       1,760       1,399       23       26  
Net Gain (Loss) on Securities
          (423 )     94       n/m (1)     n/m (1)
TOTAL NON-INTEREST INCOME
  $ 16,943     $ 15,859     $ 18,210       7       (13 )
(1)  n/m = not meaningful

Trust and Investment Product Fees totaled $1,582,000 during the year ended December 31, 2010 representing a relatively stable level compared with 2009, following a decline of $671,000 or 29% during 2009 as compared to 2008.  The stabilization during 2010 was driven by improvement in overall market conditions and a corresponding improvement in the level of retail brokerage commissions.  During 2009, the decline in brokerage commission revenue was largely attributable to continued difficult market conditions, changes in customers’ investment preferences, and internal reorganizations which included a change in the Company’s broker dealer relationship for retail investment products.

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts totaled $4,065,000 during the year ended December 31, 2010 representing a decline of 8% compared with 2009 due in large part to less customer utilization of the Company’s overdraft protection program and to a lesser degree changes implemented in the program during the third quarter of 2010 related to Regulation E.  During 2009, Service Charges on Deposit Accounts declined 11% over 2008 attributable to less customer utilization of the Company’s overdraft protection program.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, Insurance Revenues remained relatively stable totaling $5,347,000, an increase of $51,000 or 1%, over 2009 levels.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, Insurance Revenues totaled $5,296,000 representing a decline of $1,010,000 or 16% compared to 2008.  The decline was largely attributable to decreases in contingency revenue and lower levels of commercial insurance revenues in the Company’s property and casualty insurance subsidiary.

Company owned life insurance income declined by $298,000 or 27% during 2010 compared with 2009 following an increase of $313,000 or 40% during 2009 compared with 2008.  During both years the variance was attributable to death benefits received from life insurance policies during 2009.

Net interchange revenues related to debit cards increased approximately $274,000 or 28% during 2010 compared with 2009.  This increase was primarily attributable to a vendor processing conversion during 2010 and increased customer utilization. Other operating income increased $873,000 or 41% during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared with the year ended December 31, 2009.  This increase was due primarily to a net gain on the sale of other real estate during 2010 compared with a net loss during 2009 (representing an approximately $511,000 difference year over year).

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the net gain on sales of residential loans totaled $2,160,000, an increase of $400,000 or 23%, over the gain of $1,760,000 during 2009.  Strong residential mortgage loan sales and improved pricing on those loans sold and those loans held for sale produced the increased gains on sale.  The net gain of sales of residential loans increased $361,000 or 26% during 2009 compared with 2008 due largely to higher levels of residential loan sales during 2009 compared with 2008.  Loan sales for 2010, 2009, and 2008 totaled $119.3 million, $143.6 million, and $108.0 million, respectively.

During 2010, the Company recorded no gain or loss on securities.  During 2009, the Company recognized a net loss on securities of $423,000 related to the recognition of other-than-temporary impairment charges on the Company’s portfolio of non-controlling investments in other banking organizations.  The Company recognized a net gain on securities of $94,000 during the year ended December 31, 2008.

 
25

 

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

During the year ended December 31, 2010, Non-interest Expense totaled $41,361,000, an increase of $970,000 or 2% from the year ended 2009.  During 2009, Non-interest Expense increased $3,675,000 or 10% as compared with 2008.

                     
% Change From
 
Non-interest Expense (dollars in thousands)
 
Years Ended December 31,
   
Prior Year
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2010
   
2009
 
Salaries and Employee Benefits
  $ 22,070     $ 21,961     $ 20,786       0 %     6 %
Occupancy, Furniture and Equipment Expense
    6,083       6,035       5,677       1       6  
FDIC Premiums
    1,455       1,863       209       (22 )     791  
Data Processing Fees
    1,411       1,368       1,493       3       (8 )
Professional Fees
    2,285       1,740       1,670       31       4  
Advertising and Promotion
    1,255       993       1,078       26       (8 )
Supplies
    755       528       570       43       (7 )
Intangible Amortization
    898       909       889       (1 )     2  
Other Operating Expenses
    5,149       4,994       4,344       3       15  
TOTAL NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
  $ 41,361     $ 40,391     $ 36,716       2       10  

Salaries and Employee Benefits totaled $22,070,000 during the year ended December 31, 2010 representing less than a 1% increase compared with the year ended December 31, 2009.  Salaries and Employee Benefits totaled $21,961,000 during 2009 representing an increase of $1,175,000 or 6% from 2008.  The increase in 2009 was attributable to increased costs associated with the Company’s partially self-insured health insurance plan.
 
Occupancy, Furniture and Equipment Expense totaled $6,083,000 during the year ended December 31, 2010 representing an increase of $48,000 or just under 1% from the year ended 2009.  Occupancy, Furniture and Equipment Expense increased $358,000 or 6% during 2009 compared with 2008 largely attributable to depreciation expense associated with renovations to existing branch facilities and upgrades to and purchases of information technology systems.
 
The Company’s FDIC deposit insurance assessments totaled $1,455,000 representing a decrease of $408,000 or 22% during the year-ended December 31, 2010 compared with 2009.  This followed an increase of $1,654,000 or 791% in 2009 compared with 2008.  The significant increase in 2009 resulted from an industry-wide increase in quarterly assessments as the FDIC began to recapitalize the deposit insurance fund, in addition to an industry wide special assessment in the second quarter of 2009 of approximately $550,000 which represented 5 basis points of the Company’s subsidiary bank’s total assets less Tier 1 Capital.  During 2010, the elevated quarterly assessments continued, but there was no industry wide special assessment as there was in 2009.
 
Professional fees totaled $2,285,000, an increase of $545,000 or 31%, during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared with 2009 primarily as a result of professional fees incurred during 2010 that were associated with the acquisition of American Community Bancorp, Inc. effective January 1, 2011 and the acquisition of two branch offices during the second quarter of 2010.  Professional fees increased $70,000 or 4% during 2009 compared with 2008.
 
Advertising and promotion totaled $1,255,000, an increased $262,000 or 26%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared with 2009 largely as a result of the Company’s common identity initiative and the acquisition of two branch offices in a new market for the Company during the second quarter of 2010.  Advertising and promotion declined approximately 8% during 2009 compared with 2008.
 
Supplies expense totaled $755,000, an increased $227,000 or 43%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared with 2009 largely as a result of the Company’s common identity initiative.  Supplies expense declined approximately 7% during 2009 compared with 2008.

Other operating expense totaled $5,194,000, an increase of $155,000 or 3%, during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared with 2010.  The increase was largely attributable to the Company’s common identity initiative.  Other operating expenses increased $650,000 or 15% during 2009 compared with 2008.  The increase during 2009 was largely attributable to an increased level of loan collection costs and amortization expense related to a new market tax credit project in which the Company invested in the fourth quarter of 2009.

 
26

 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

The Company records a provision for current income taxes payable, along with a provision for deferred taxes payable in the future.  Deferred taxes arise from temporary differences, which are items recorded for financial statement purposes in a different period than for income tax returns.  The Company’s effective tax rate was 29.6%, 24.7%, and 30.6%, respectively, in 2010, 2009, and 2008.  The effective tax rate in all periods is lower than the blended statutory rate.  The lower effective rate in all periods primarily resulted from the Company’s tax-exempt investment income on securities, loans, and company owned life insurance, income tax credits generated by investments in affordable housing projects, and income generated by subsidiaries domiciled in a state with no state or local income tax.  In addition, during 2009 the Company’s effective tax rate was reduced as a result of tax credits attributable to a new markets tax credit in which the Company invested in 2009.  This credit continued during 2010.  See Note 9 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for additional details relative to the Company’s income tax provision.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

 
The Company and its affiliate bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies.  Capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications, including well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition.  The Company and its affiliate bank at year-end 2010 were categorized as well-capitalized as that term is defined by applicable regulations.  See Note 7 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for actual and required capital ratios and for additional information regarding capital adequacy.

The Company continues to maintain a strong capital position.  Shareholders’ equity totaled $121.5 million and $113.5 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Total equity represented 8.8% and 9.1%, respectively, of year-end 2010 and 2009 total assets.  The Company paid cash dividends of $6.2 million or $0.56 per share in 2010 and 2009.  The increase in shareholders’ equity during 2010 compared with 2009 was primarily the result of increased retained earnings of $7.2 million.

On April 30, 2009, the Company issued $19.3 million of 8% redeemable subordinated debentures that will mature in a single payment of principal on March 30, 2019 for gross proceeds to the Company (before offering expenses) of $19.3 million.  The Company has the right to redeem the debentures without penalty or premium on or after March 30, 2012 subject to prior consultation with the Federal Reserve Board.  The entire principal amount was includable in the Company’s Tier 2 regulatory capital under banking agency regulatory standards at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

USES OF FUNDS

 
LOANS

Year-end 2010 loans outstanding increased approximately $39.2 million or 4% compared with year-end 2009.  The overall increase in the loan portfolio was largely driven by the May 2010 branch acquisition, pursuant to which the Company acquired approximately $42.9 million in loans.  Commercial and industrial loans increased $29.5 million or 16%, commercial real estate loans increased $5.3 million or 2%, agricultural loans increased $8.3 million or 5%, and consumer loans increased $3.5 million or 4% during 2010 while residential mortgage loans decreased $7.4 million or 9% during 2010.  The decline in the residential loan portfolio was the result of continued refinancing activity and the Company’s continuance of selling a vast majority of production into the secondary market.

Total loans at year-end 2009 decreased $13.0 million or 1% compared with year-end 2008.  Commercial and industrial loans increased $13.1 million or 7% and commercial real estate loans increased $4.9 million or 1% during 2009 while agricultural loans decreased $3.1 million or 2%, consumer loans decreased $12.6 million or 10%, and residential mortgage loans decreased $15.3 million or 15% during 2009.  The decline in the residential loan portfolio was the result of historically low market interest rates during 2009 that spurred refinancing activity.  The Company continued to actively originate residential mortgage loans, with the vast majority of production being sold into the secondary market.

The composition of the loan portfolio has remained relatively stable over the past several years including 2010.  The portfolio is most heavily concentrated in commercial real estate loans at 37% of the portfolio.  While this is the largest component of the total portfolio, the Company has only limited exposure in construction and development lending with this segment representing approximately 2% of the total loan portfolio.  In addition, the Company’s exposure to non-owner occupied commercial real estate is limited to 21% of the total loan portfolio at year-end 2010.  The Company’s commercial lending is extended to various industries, including hotel, agribusiness and manufacturing, as well as health care, wholesale, and retail services.

 
27

 


Loan Portfolio
 
December 31,
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
                               
Commercial and Industrial Loans and Leases
  $ 218,443     $ 188,962     $ 175,828     $ 158,556     $ 158,502  
Commercial Real Estate Loans
    339,555       334,255       329,363       298,477       243,783  
Agricultural Loans
    165,166       156,845       159,923       165,592       148,872  
Consumer Loans
    118,244       114,736       127,343       131,110       132,791  
Residential Mortgage Loans
    77,310       84,677       100,054       116,908       114,687  
Total Loans
    918,718       879,475       892,511       870,643       798,635  
Less:   Unearned Income
    (1,482 )     (1,653 )     (2,075 )     (2,922 )     (2,376 )
Subtotal
    917,236       877,822       890,436       867,721       796,259  
Less:   Allowance for Loan Losses
    (13,317 )     (11,016 )     (9,522 )     (8,044 )     (7,129 )
Loans, Net
  $ 903,919     $ 866,806     $ 880,914     $ 859,677     $ 789,130  
                                         
Ratio of Loans to Total Loans
                                       
Commercial and Industrial Loans
    24 %     21 %     20 %     18 %     20 %
Commercial Real Estate Loans
    37 %     38 %     37 %     35 %     30 %
Agricultural Loans
    18 %     18 %     18 %     19 %     19 %
Consumer Loans
    13 %     13 %     14 %     15 %     17 %
Residential Mortgage Loans
    8 %     10 %     11 %     13 %     14 %
Total Loans
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %

The Company’s policy is generally to extend credit to consumer and commercial borrowers in its primary geographic market area in Southern Indiana.  Commercial extensions of credit outside this market area are generally concentrated in real estate loans within a 120 mile radius of the Company’s primary market and are granted on a selective basis.  These out-of-market credits include participations that the Company may purchase from time to time in loans that are originated by banks in which the Company owns (or previously owned) non-controlling common stock investments.

The following table indicates the amounts of loans (excluding residential mortgages on 1-4 family residences and consumer loans) outstanding as of December 31, 2010, which, based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal, are due in the periods indicated (dollars in thousands).
 
   
Within
   
One to Five
   
After
       
   
One Year
   
Years
   
Five Years
   
Total
 
                         
Commercial and Agricultural
  $ 315,635     $ 322,832     $ 84,697     $ 723,164  
                                 
   
Interest Sensitivity
                 
   
Fixed Rate
   
Variable Rate
                 
                                 
Loans maturing after one year
  $ 114,456     $ 293,073                  
 
INVESTMENTS

The investment portfolio is a principal source for funding the Company’s loan growth and other liquidity needs of its subsidiaries. The Company’s securities portfolio consists of money market securities, uncollateralized federal agency securities, municipal obligations of state and political subdivisions, and mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government agencies.  Money market securities include federal funds sold, interest-bearing balances with banks, and other short-term investments.  The composition of the year-end balances in the investment portfolio is presented in Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report and in the table below:

Investment Portfolio, at Amortized Cost
 
December 31,
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
2010
   
%
   
2009
   
%
   
2008
   
%
 
                                     
Federal Funds Sold and Other Short-term Investments
  $ 4,250       1 %   $ 12,002       5 %   $ 27,791       14 %
U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities
                5,000       2              
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions
    33,087       10       24,285       9       19,887       10  
Mortgage-backed Securities - Residential
    304,935       88       214,591       83       151,499       74  
Equity Securities
    2,418       1       2,818       1       3,620       2  
Total Securities Portfolio
  $ 344,690       100 %   $ 258,696       100 %   $ 202,797       100 %

 
28

 

The amortized cost of investment securities, including federal funds sold and short-term investments, increased $86.0 million at year-end 2010 compared with year-end 2009 and increased $55.9 million at year-end 2009 compared with year-end 2008.  The increase in the portfolio during 2010 and 2009 was largely due to the growth of the Company’s core deposit base at a greater pace than the Company’s loan portfolio.

 
The largest concentration in the investment portfolio continues to be in mortgage related securities representing 88% of the total securities portfolio at December 31, 2010. The Company’s level of obligations of state and political subdivisions increased to $33.1 million or 10% of the portfolio at December 31, 2010.
 
The Company’s equity securities portfolio at year-end 2010 consisted of non-controlling common stock investments in three unaffiliated banking companies.

Investment Securities, at Carrying Value
(dollars in thousands)
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Securities Held-to-Maturity
                 
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions
  $ 1,604     $ 2,774     $ 3,326  
                         
Securities Available-for-Sale
                       
U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities
  $     $ 4,970     $  
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions
    32,178       22,378       16,868  
Mortgage-backed Securities - Residential
    311,066       221,252       155,627  
Equity Securities
    3,503       2,340       3,345  
Subtotal of Securities Available-for-Sale
    346,747       250,940       175,840  
                         
Total Securities
  $ 348,351     $ 253,714     $ 179,166  

The Company’s $346.7 million available-for-sale portion of the investment portfolio provides an additional funding source for the liquidity needs of the Company’s subsidiaries and for asset/liability management requirements.  Although management has the ability to sell these securities if the need arises, their designation as available-for-sale should not necessarily be interpreted as an indication that management anticipates such sales.

The amortized cost of debt securities at December 31, 2010 are shown in the following table by expected maturity.  Mortgage-backed securities are based on estimated average lives.  Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations.  Equity securities do not have contractual maturities, and are excluded from the table below.

Maturities and Average Yields of Securities at December 31, 2010
(dollars in thousands)
   
Within
   
After One But
   
After Five But
   
After Ten
 
   
One Year
   
Within Five Years
   
Within Ten Years
   
Years
 
   
Amount
   
Yield
   
Amount
   
Yield
   
Amount
   
Yield
   
Amount
   
Yield
 
U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities
  $       N/A     $       N/A     $       N/A     $       N/A  
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions
    590       7.14 %     5,665       5.16 %     5,520       5.59 %     21,312       6.64 %
Mortgage-backed Securities - Residential
    9,924       4.94 %     267,946       3.76 %     27,065       3.10 %           N/A  
                                                                 
Total Securities
  $ 10,514       4.44 %   $ 273,611       3.79 %   $ 32,585       3.52 %   $ 21,312       6.64 %

A tax-equivalent adjustment using a tax rate of 34 percent was used in the above table.

In addition to the other uses of funds discussed previously, the Company had certain long-term contractual obligations as of December 31, 2010.  These contractual obligations primarily consisted of long-term borrowings with the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., and subordinated debentures issued during 2009 through a shareholders’ rights offering, time deposits, and lease commitments for certain office facilities.  Scheduled principal payments on long-term borrowings, time deposits, and future minimum lease payments are outlined in the table below.

 
29

 

 
Contractual Obligations
 
Payments Due By Period
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
Total
   
Less Than 1 Year
   
1-3 Years
   
3-5 Years
   
More Than 5 Years
 
                                         
Long-term Borrowings
  $ 80,332     $ 30     $ 38,069     $ 11,581     $ 30,652  
Time Deposits
    361,550       203,173       134,517       23,733       127  
Capital Lease Obligation
    1,346       81       162       162       941  
Operating Lease Commitments
    2,425       359       574       404       1,088  
Total Contractual Obligations
  $ 445,653     $ 203,643     $ 173,322     $ 35,880     $ 32,808  

 
SOURCES OF FUNDS

 
The Company’s primary source of funding is its base of core customer deposits.  Core deposits consist of demand deposits, savings, interest-bearing checking, money market accounts, and certificates of deposit of less than $100,000.  Other sources of funds are certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more, brokered deposits, overnight borrowings from other financial institutions and securities sold under agreement to repurchase.  The membership of the Company’s affiliate bank in the Federal Home Loan Bank System provides a significant additional source for both long and short-term collateralized borrowings.  In addition, the Company, as a separate and distinct corporation from its bank and other subsidiaries, also has the ability to borrow funds from other financial institutions and to raise debt or equity capital from the capital markets and other sources.  The following pages contain a discussion of changes in these areas.

The table below illustrates changes between years in the average balances of all funding sources:

Funding Sources - Average Balances
                   
% Change From
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
December 31,
   
Prior Year
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2010
   
2009
 
Demand Deposits
                             
Non-interest-bearing
  $ 173,091     $ 149,673     $ 140,962       16 %     6 %
Interest-bearing
    281,355       245,811       212,467       14       16  
Savings Deposits
    76,721       63,182       57,948       21       9  
Money Market Accounts
    160,889       164,221       151,645       (2 )     8  
Other Time Deposits
    269,286       251,906       258,314       7       (2 )
Total Core Deposits
    961,342       874,793       821,336       10       7  
Certificates of Deposits of $100,000 or more and Brokered Deposits
    84,953       89,135       100,801       (5 )     (12 )
FHLB Advances and
                                       
Other Borrowings
    150,737       143,332       138,888       5       3  
Total Funding Sources
  $ 1,197,032     $ 1,107,260     $ 1,061,025       8       4  

Maturities of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more are summarized as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
   
3 Months
   
3 thru
   
6 thru
   
Over
       
   
Or Less
   
6 Months
   
12 Months
   
12 Months
   
Total
 
                               
December 31, 2010
  $ 25,335     $ 11,159     $ 17,057     $ 35,036     $ 88,587  

CORE DEPOSITS

The Company’s overall level of average core deposits increased approximately 10% during 2010 following a 7% increase during 2009.  The Company’s ability to attract core deposits continues to be influenced by competition and the interest rate environment, as well as the increased availability of alternative investment products.  Core deposits continue to represent a stable and viable funding source for the Company’s operations.  Core deposits represented 80% of average total funding sources during 2010 compared with 79% during 2009 and 77% during 2008.
 
Demand, savings, and money market deposits have provided a growing source of funding for the Company in each of the periods reported.  Average demand, savings, and money market deposits increased 11% during both 2010 and 2009.  Average demand, savings, and money market deposits totaled $692.1 million or 72% of core deposits (58% of total funding sources) in 2010 compared with $622.9 million or 71% of core deposits (56% of total funding sources) in 2009 and $563.0 million or 69% of core deposits (53% of total funding sources) in 2008.

 
30

 

Other time deposits consist of certificates of deposits in denominations of less than $100,000.  These deposits increased by 7% during 2010 following a decrease of 2% in 2009.  Other time deposits comprised 28% of core deposits in 2010, 29% in 2009 and 31% in 2008.

OTHER FUNDING SOURCES

Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings represent the Company’s most significant source of other funding.  Average borrowed funds increased $7.4 million or 5% during 2010 following an increase of $4.4 million or 3% in 2009.  Borrowings comprised approximately 13% of average total funding sources in 2010, 2009 and 2008.

Certificates of deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more and brokered deposits are an additional source of other funding for the Company’s bank subsidiary.  Large denomination certificates and brokered deposits decreased $4.2 million or 5% during 2010 following a decline of $11.7 million or 12% during 2009.  Large certificates and brokered deposits comprised approximately 7% of average total funding sources in 2010, 8% in 2009 and 10% in 2008.  This type of funding is used as both long-term and short-term funding sources.

The bank subsidiary of the Company also utilizes short-term funding sources from time to time.  These sources consist of overnight federal funds purchased from other financial institutions, secured repurchase agreements that generally mature within one day of the transaction date, and secured overnight variable rate borrowings from the FHLB.  These borrowings represent an important source of short-term liquidity for the Company’s bank subsidiary.  Long-term debt at the Company’s bank subsidiary is in the form of FHLB advances, which are secured by the pledge of certain investment securities, residential and housing-related mortgage loans, and certain other commercial real estate loans.  See Note 6 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for further information regarding borrowed funds.

PARENT COMPANY FUNDING SOURCES

The parent company is a corporation separate and distinct from its bank and other subsidiaries.  For information regarding the financial condition, result of operations, and cash flows of the Company, presented on a parent-company-only basis, see Note 15 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

The Company uses funds at the parent company level to pay dividends to its shareholders, to acquire or make other investments in other businesses or their securities or assets, to repurchase its stock from time to time, and for other general corporate purposes. The parent company does not have access at the parent-company level to the deposits and certain other sources of funds that are available to its bank subsidiary to support its operations.  Instead, the parent company has historically derived most of its revenues from dividends paid to the parent company by its bank subsidiary.  The Company’s banking subsidiary is subject to statutory restrictions on its ability to pay dividends to the parent company.  See Note 7, Stockholders’ Equity, of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report, which is incorporated herein by reference.  The parent company has in recent years supplemented the dividends received from its subsidiaries with borrowings, which are discussed in detail below.

At year-end 2010, the Company had an outstanding credit facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the “Lender”) pursuant to which (a) the parent company is obligated to the Lender under a $10 million subordinated debenture issued by the parent company to the Lender in 2006, and a term loan made by the Lender to the parent company in 2006 in the original principal amount of $10 million, and (b) the Lender has made available to the parent company a $5 million revolving line of credit.  The Company's obligations to repay its borrowings from the Lender under the term loan and the line of credit are secured by a pledge to the Lender of all of the Company's stock in the Bank.

The subordinated debenture held by the Lender matures in a single installment of principal on January 1, 2014.  Interest is payable quarterly on the outstanding principal balance.

The term loan matures on the following schedule:  $1.0 million principal amount was payable on January 1, 2008 and $1.5 million was or is payable on January 1 of each of the years 2009 through 2014, inclusive.  Interest is payable quarterly on the outstanding principal balance. The outstanding principal balance of the term loan was $4.5 million at year-end 2010 (the $1.5 million principal payment due January 1, 2011 was made in late December 2010).

The revolving line of credit expires on September 30, 2011, at which time any amounts then outstanding would be due and payable to the Lender.  The interest rate payable by the Company to the Lender in respect of LIBOR-based advances made to the Company under the line of credit is LIBOR plus 300 basis points, and includes a provision for a non-refundable fee on the unused portion of the maximum amount available under the line of credit of 35 basis points per annum, due quarterly in arrears.  At December 31, 2010, there was no outstanding balance owed to the Lender under the revolving line of credit.

 
31

 

The parent company has made certain representations and warranties to the Lender, and has agreed to comply with certain affirmative and negative covenants with the Lender.  Among the affirmative covenants are provisions requiring that (a) the Company maintain the capital ratios of the parent company and of its subsidiary bank(s) at levels that would be considered “well-capitalized” under the prompt corrective action regulations of the federal banking agencies, (b) the Company maintain a consolidated ratio of (i) the sum of its non-performing loans plus other real estate owned (real estate that is neither used in the ordinary course of the business of the Company or its subsidiaries nor held for future use) (OREO) to (ii) the sum of the Company's loans plus OREO, of not greater than 3.25% (at December 31, 2010, this ratio was 1.45%), and   (c) the Company maintain during each twelve-month period (tested quarterly, commencing December 31, 2010) a minimum ratio of cash flow to fixed charges (as defined, parent company only) of 1-to-1 (the Company’s ratio tested as of December 31, 2010, for the twelve-month period then ended was 1.46-to-1).  If the parent company were to fall out of compliance with its representations and warranties to the Lender or were to breach its covenants with the Lender, the Lender could elect to declare that the Company is in default under the credit facility with the Lender, and as a result (a) could elect to declare all amounts borrowed under the term loan and the revolving line of credit (and, in certain limited cases, the amount payable under the subordinated debenture) to be immediately due and payable and (b) could refuse to advance to the Company additional amounts under the revolving line of credit.

On April 30, 2009, the parent company issued $19.3 million of 8% redeemable subordinated debentures that will mature in a single payment of principal on March 30, 2019 for gross proceeds (before offering expenses) of $19.3 million.  The parent company has the right to redeem the debentures without penalty or premium on or after March 30, 2012 subject to prior consultation with the Federal Reserve Board.  The entire principal amount was includable in the parent company’s consolidated Tier 2 regulatory capital under banking agency regulatory standards at December 31, 2010.

See Note 6 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for further information regarding the parent company borrowed funds.

RISK MANAGEMENT


The Company is exposed to various types of business risk on an on-going basis.  These risks include credit risk, liquidity risk and interest rate risk.  Various procedures are employed at the Company’s affiliate banks to monitor and mitigate risk in the loan and investment portfolios, as well as risks associated with changes in interest rates.  Following is a discussion of the Company’s philosophies and procedures to address these risks.

LENDING AND LOAN ADMINISTRATION

Primary responsibility and accountability for day-to-day lending activities rests with the Company’s subsidiary bank.  Loan personnel at the subsidiary bank have the authority to extend credit under guidelines approved by the bank’s board of directors.  The executive loan committee serves as a vehicle for communication and for the pooling of knowledge, judgment and experience of its members.  The committee provides valuable input to lending personnel, acts as an approval body, and monitors the overall quality of the bank’s loan portfolio.  The Corporate Credit Risk Management Committee, comprised of members of the Company’s and its subsidiary bank’s executive officers and board of directors, strives to ensure a consistent application of the Company’s lending policies.  The Company also maintains a comprehensive risk-grading and loan review program, which includes quarterly reviews of problem loans, delinquencies and charge-offs.  The purpose of this program is to evaluate loan administration, credit quality, loan documentation and the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to cover probable, incurred credit losses identified during its loan review process. Management estimates the required level of allowance for loan losses using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors.  Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged-off.  Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed.

The allowance for loan losses is comprised of: (a) specific reserves on individual credits; (b) general reserves for certain loan categories and industries, and overall historical loss experience; and (c) unallocated reserves based on performance trends in the loan portfolios, current economic conditions, and other factors that influence the level of estimated probable losses.  The need for specific reserves are considered for credits when: (a) the customer’s cash flow or net worth appears insufficient to repay the loan; (b) the loan has been criticized in a regulatory examination; (c) the loan is on non-accrual; or, (d) other reasons where the ultimate collectability of the loan is in question, or the loan characteristics require special monitoring.

 
32

 
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
                             
(dollars in thousands)
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Balance of Allowance for Possible Losses at Beginning of Period
  $ 11,016     $ 9,522     $ 8,044     $ 7,129     $ 9,265  
                                         
Loans Charged-off:
                                       
Commercial and Industrial Loans
    345       941       148       506       870  
Commercial Real Estate Loans
    2,842       1,248       2,005       1,601       2,187  
Agricultural Loans
    44             28       360        
Consumer Loans
    465       640       686       508       706  
Residential Mortgage Loans
    518       345       257       269       185  
Total Loans Charged-off
    4,214       3,174       3,124       3,244       3,948  
                                         
Recoveries of Previously Charged-off Loans:
                                       
Commercial and Industrial Loans
    24             49       53       78  
Commercial Real Estate Loans
    1,089       588       285       270       35  
Agricultural Loans
          17             55       30  
Consumer Loans
    171       192       267       172       226  
Residential Mortgage Loans
    6       121       11       18       34  
Total Recoveries
    1,290       918       612       568       403  
                                         
Net Loans Recovered (Charged-off)
    (2,924 )     (2,256 )     (2,512 )     (2,676 )     (3,545 )
Additions to Allowance Charged to Expense
    5,225       3,750       3,990       3,591       925  
Allowance from Acquired Subsidiary
                            484  
Balance at End of Period
  $ 13,317     $ 11,016     $ 9,522     $ 8,044     $ 7,129  
                                         
Net Charge-offs to Average Loans Outstanding
    0.32 %     0.25 %     0.29 %     0.32 %     0.50 %
Provision for Loan Losses to Average Loans Outstanding
    0.58 %     0.42 %     0.45 %     0.43 %     0.13 %
Allowance for Loan Losses to Total Loans at Year-end
    1.45 %     1.25 %     1.07 %     0.93 %     0.90 %
                                         
The following table indicates the breakdown of the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):
                                         
Commercial and Industrial Loans
  $ 3,713     $ 2,146     $ 2,476     $ 1,830     $ 1,799  
Commercial Real Estate Loans
    7,497       6,477       4,909       4,068       3,365  
Agricultural Loans
    750       872       1,258       1,343       971  
Consumer Loans
    582       520       481       483       602  
Residential Mortgage Loans
    543       545       398       320       341  
Unallocated
    232       456                   51  
                                         
Total Allowance for Loan Losses
  $ 13,317     $ 11,016     $ 9,522     $ 8,044     $ 7,129  

The allowance for loan losses at year-end 2010 increased to $13.3 million or 1.45% of total loans compared to $11.0 million or 1.25% of total loans at year-end 2009.  The increase in the allowance for loan losses during 2010 was largely attributable to an increased level of commercial watch list, adversely classified, and impaired loans.  While this increased level has not necessarily translated into a significant increase in the Company’s non-performing loan portfolio or increase in net charge-offs, the Company’s methodology for determining the allowance indicated a higher level of allowance for loan losses was warranted when compared with prior years.
 
The allowance for loan loss at year-end 2010 represented 119% of non-performing loans compared to 125% at year-end 2009.  Net charge-offs totaled $2.9 million or 0.32% of average loans during 2010.  This compares to net charge-offs of $2.3 million or 0.25% of average loans outstanding during 2009 and $2.5 million or 0.29% of average loans outstanding during 2008.
 
Please see “RESULTS OF OPERATIONS – Provision for Loan Losses” and “CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES – Allowance for Loan Losses” for additional information regarding the allowance.

 
33

 

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

Non-performing assets consist of: (a) non-accrual loans; (b) loans which have been renegotiated to provide for a reduction or deferral of interest or principal because of deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower; (c) loans past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest; and, (d) other real estate owned.  Loans are placed on non-accrual status when scheduled principal or interest payments are past due for 90 days or more or when the borrower’s ability to repay becomes doubtful.  Uncollected accrued interest is reversed against income at the time a loan is placed on non-accrual.  Loans are typically charged-off at 120 days past due, or earlier if deemed uncollectible.  Exceptions to the non-accrual and charge-off policies are made when the loan is well secured and in the process of collection.  The following table presents an analysis of the Company’s non-performing assets.

Non-performing Assets
 
December 31,
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
                                         
Non-accrual Loans
  $ 10,150     $ 8,374     $ 8,316     $ 4,356     $ 9,652  
Past Due Loans (90 days or more)
    671       113       34       8        
Restructured Loans
    396       306                    
Total Non-performing Loans
    11,217       8,793       8,350       4,364       9,652  
Other Real Estate
    2,095       2,363       1,818       1,517       845  
Total Non-performing Assets
  $ 13,312     $ 11,156     $ 10,168     $ 5,881     $ 10,497  
                                         
Non-performing Loans to Total Loans
    1.22 %     1.00 %     0.94 %     0.50 %     1.21 %
Allowance for Loan Losses to Non-performing Loans
    118.72 %     125.28 %     114.04 %     184.33 %     73.86 %

Non-performing assets totaled $13.3 million at December 31, 2010 compared with $11.2 million at December 31, 2009.  Non-performing loans totaled $11.2 million at December 31, 2010 and $8.8 million at December 31, 2009.  Non-performing loans represented 1.22% of total outstanding loans at December 31, 2010 compared with 1.00% of total outstanding loans at year-end 2009.

The increase in non-performing assets and more specifically non-accrual loans during 2010 was largely attributable to two commercial real estate credit relationships.  These two credit relationships totaled approximately 45% of the total non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2010.  The first credit, which was placed on non-accrual status during the first quarter of 2010, is a commercial development land loan that totaled $2.4 million at December 31, 2010.  The Company is continuing to work with the borrower and potential buyers to liquidate the property while foreclosure proceeding are also continuing.  The second loan, which was placed on non-accrual during the third quarter 2010, is a commercial warehouse-space loan that totaled $2.1 million at December 31, 2010 and is currently partially occupied.  The Company restructured the loan, but kept the loan on non-accrual status, and is continuing to work with the borrower in an attempt to liquidate the property.  As economic pressures continue as a result of difficult economic conditions, increasing numbers of the Company’s borrowers could be negatively impacted resulting in an increased level of non-performing loans in future periods.

Loan impairment is reported when full repayment under the terms of the loan is not expected.   If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate, or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral.  Commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans, and agricultural loans are evaluated individually for impairment.  Smaller balance homogeneous loans are evaluated for impairment in total.  Such loans include real estate loans secured by one-to-four family residences and loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures.  Individually evaluated loans on non-accrual are generally considered impaired.  Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.  The total dollar amount of impaired loans at December 31, 2010 was $16.7 million.  For additional detail on impaired loans, see Note 3 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Interest income recognized on non-performing loans for 2010 was $277,000.  The gross interest income that would have been recognized in 2010 on non-performing loans if the loans had been current in accordance with their original terms was $907,000.  Loans are typically placed on non-accrual status when scheduled principal or interest payments are past due for 90 days or more, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection.

 
34

 

LIQUIDITY AND INTEREST RATE RISK MANAGEMENT

Liquidity is a measure of the ability of the Company’s subsidiary bank to fund new loan demand, existing loan commitments and deposit withdrawals. The purpose of liquidity management is to match sources of funds with anticipated customer borrowings and withdrawals and other obligations to ensure a dependable funding base, without unduly penalizing earnings.  Failure to properly manage liquidity requirements can result in the need to satisfy customer withdrawals and other obligations on less than desirable terms. The liquidity of the parent company is dependent upon the receipt of dividends from its bank subsidiary, which are subject to certain regulatory limitations explained in Note 7 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report, as enhanced by its ability to draw upon term financing arrangements and a line of credit established by the parent company with a correspondent bank lender as described under “SOURCES OF FUNDS – Parent Company Funding Sources”, above.  The subsidiary bank’s source of funding is predominately core deposits, time deposits in excess of $100,000 and brokered certificates of deposit, maturities of securities, repayments of loan principal and interest, federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank.

Interest rate risk is the exposure of the Company’s financial condition to adverse changes in market interest rates.  In an effort to estimate the impact of sustained interest rate movements to the Company’s earnings, the Company monitors interest rate risk through computer-assisted simulation modeling of its net interest income.  The Company’s simulation modeling monitors the potential impact to net interest income under various interest rate scenarios.  The Company’s objective is to actively manage its asset/liability position within a one-year interval and to limit the risk in any of the interest rate scenarios to a reasonable level of tax-equivalent net interest income within that interval.  The Company’s Asset/Liability Committee monitors compliance within established guidelines of the Funds Management Policy.  See Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk section for further discussion regarding interest rate risk.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
 
The Company has no off-balance sheet arrangements other than stand-by letters of credit as disclosed in Note 12 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

 
35

 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

The Company’s exposure to market risk is reviewed on a regular basis by the Asset/Liability Committee and Board of Directors.  Primary market risks, which impact the Company’s operations, are liquidity risk and interest rate risk, as discussed above.

As discussed previously, the Company monitors interest rate risk by the use of computer simulation modeling to estimate the potential impact on its net interest income under various interest rate scenarios.  Another method by which the Company’s interest rate risk position can be estimated is by computing estimated changes in its net portfolio value (“NPV”).  This method estimates interest rate risk exposure from movements in interest rates by using interest rate sensitivity analysis to determine the change in the NPV of discounted cash flows from assets and liabilities.  NPV represents the market value of portfolio equity and is equal to the estimated market value of assets minus the estimated market value of liabilities.  Computations are based on a number of assumptions, including the relative levels of market interest rates and prepayments in mortgage loans and certain types of investments.  These computations do not contemplate any actions management may undertake in response to changes in interest rates, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results.  In addition, certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of computing NPV.  Should interest rates remain or decrease below current levels, the proportion of adjustable rate loans could decrease in future periods due to refinancing activity.  In the event of an interest rate change, prepayment levels would likely be different from those assumed in the table.  Lastly, the ability of many borrowers to repay their adjustable rate debt may decline during a rising interest rate environment.

The following table provides an assessment of the risk to NPV in the event of sudden and sustained 1% and 2% increases and decreases in prevailing interest rates.  The table indicates that as of December 31, 2010 the Company’s estimated NPV might be expected to decrease under either an increase or decrease of 2% in prevailing interest rates (dollars in thousands).

Interest Rate Sensitivity as of December 31, 2010
 
         
Net Portfolio Value
 
   
Net Portfolio
   
as a % of Present  Value
 
   
Value
   
of Assets
 
Changes
                       
in Rates
 
Amount
   
%  Change
   
NPV Ratio
   
Change
 
+2%
  $ 129,111       (16.44 )%     9.80 %  
(142)
b.p.
+1%
    142,800       (7.58 )%     10.60 %  
(62)
b.p.
Base
    154,509             11.22 %    
-1%
    141,642       (8.33 )%     10.19 %  
(103)
b.p.
-2%
    127,074       (17.76 )%     9.10 %  
(212)
b.p.

The above discussion, and the portions of MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS in Item 7 of this Report that are referenced in the above discussion contain statements relating to future results of the Company that are considered “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  These statements relate to, among other things, simulation of the impact on net interest income from changes in interest rates.  Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied therein as a result of certain risks and uncertainties, including those risks and uncertainties expressed above, those that are described in MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS in Item 7 of this Report, and those that are described in Item 1 of this Report, “Business,” under the caption “Forward-Looking Statements and Associated Risks,” which discussions are incorporated herein by reference.

 
36

 

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 

Board of Directors and Shareholders
German American Bancorp, Inc.
Jasper, Indiana

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of German American Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010.  We also have audited German American Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  German American Bancorp, Inc.’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of German American Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also in our opinion German American Bancorp, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.

Louisville, Kentucky
/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP
March 9, 2011
Crowe Horwath LLP

 
37

 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
ASSETS
           
Cash and Due from Banks
  $ 15,021     $ 16,052  
Federal Funds Sold and Other Short-term Investments
    4,250       12,002  
Cash and Cash Equivalents
    19,271       28,054  
                 
Securities Available-for-Sale, at Fair Value
    346,747       250,940  
Securities Held-to-Maturity, at Cost (Fair value of $1,613 and $2,801 on December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively)
    1,604       2,774  
                 
Loans Held-for-Sale
    11,850       5,706  
                 
Loans
    918,718       879,475  
Less:   Unearned Income
    (1,482 )     (1,653 )
Allowance for Loan Losses
    (13,317 )     (11,016 )
Loans, Net
    903,919       866,806  
                 
Stock in FHLB of Indianapolis and Other Restricted Stock, at Cost
    9,207       10,621  
Premises, Furniture and Equipment, Net
    25,974       22,153  
Other Real Estate
    2,095       2,363  
Goodwill
    9,835       9,655  
Intangible Assets
    2,624       2,618  
Company Owned Life Insurance
    24,822       24,008  
Accrued Interest Receivable and Other Assets
    17,940       17,267  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 1,375,888     $ 1,242,965  
                 
LIABILITIES
               
Non-interest-bearing Demand Deposits
  $ 184,204     $ 155,268  
Interest-bearing Demand, Savings, and Money Market Accounts
    541,532       484,699  
Time Deposits
    361,550       329,676  
                 
Total Deposits
    1,087,286       969,643  
                 
FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings
    153,717       148,121  
Accrued Interest Payable and Other Liabilities
    13,351       11,652  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES
    1,254,354       1,129,416  
                 
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 12)
               
                 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Preferred Stock, $10 par value; 500,000 shares authorized, no shares issued
           
Common Stock, no par value, $1 stated value; 20,000,000 shares authorized
    11,105       11,077  
Additional Paid-in Capital
    69,297       68,816  
Retained Earnings
    36,232       29,041  
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
    4,900       4,615  
                 
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
    121,534       113,549  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  $ 1,375,888     $ 1,242,965  
                 
End of period shares issued and outstanding
    11,105,583       11,077,382  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 
38

 
 
Consolidated Statements of Income
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
INTEREST INCOME
                 
Interest and Fees on Loans
  $ 53,266     $ 53,905     $ 58,477  
Interest on Federal Funds Sold and Other Short-term Investments
    76       106       593  
Interest and Dividends on Securities:
                       
Taxable
    9,812       8,660       8,007  
Non-taxable
    1,039       1,065       768  
                         
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME
    64,193       63,736       67,845  
                         
INTEREST EXPENSE
                       
Interest on Deposits
    10,561       13,495       21,212  
Interest on FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings
    4,961       5,728       5,696  
                         
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE
    15,522       19,223       26,908  
                         
NET INTEREST INCOME
    48,671       44,513       40,937  
Provision for Loan Losses
    5,225       3,750       3,990  
                         
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
    43,446       40,763       36,947  
                         
NON-INTEREST INCOME
                       
Trust and Investment Product Fees
    1,582       1,617       2,288  
Service Charges on Deposit Accounts
    4,065       4,395       4,920  
Insurance Revenues
    5,347       5,296       6,306  
Company Owned Life Insurance
    806       1,104       791  
Interchange Fee Income
    1,243       969       909  
Other Operating Income
    1,740       1,141       1,503  
Net Gains on Sales of Loans
    2,160       1,760       1,399  
Net Gain (Loss) on Securities
          (423 )     94  
                         
TOTAL NON-INTEREST INCOME
    16,943       15,859       18,210  
                         
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
                       
Salaries and Employee Benefits
    22,070       21,961       20,786  
Occupancy Expense
    3,492       3,382       3,249  
Furniture and Equipment Expense
    2,591       2,653       2,428  
FDIC Premiums
    1,455       1,863       209  
Data Processing Fees
    1,411       1,368       1,493  
Professional Fees
    2,285       1,740       1,670  
Advertising and Promotion
    1,255       993       1,078  
Supplies
    755       528       570  
Intangible Amortization
    898       909       889  
Other Operating Expenses
    5,149       4,994       4,344  
                         
TOTAL NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
    41,361       40,391       36,716  
                         
Income before Income Taxes
    19,028       16,231       18,441  
Income Tax Expense
    5,623       4,013       5,638  
NET INCOME
  $ 13,405     $ 12,218     $ 12,803  
                         
Earnings per Share
  $ 1.21     $ 1.10     $ 1.16  
                         
Diluted Earnings per Share
  $ 1.21     $ 1.10     $ 1.16  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 
39

 
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
Dollars in thousands, except per share data

                           
Accumulated
       
               
Additional
         
Other
   
Total
 
   
Common Stock
   
Paid-in
   
Retained
   
Comprehensive
   
Shareholders’
 
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Capital
   
Earnings
   
Income
   
Equity
 
                                     
Balances, January 1, 2008
    11,029,484     $ 11,029     $ 68,408     $ 16,681     $ 998     $ 97,116  
                                                 
Comprehensive Income:
                                               
Net Income
                            12,803               12,803  
Changes in Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Securities Available for Sale, net
                                    1,612       1,612  
Change in Unrecognized Loss on Postretirement Benefit Obligation
                                    144       144  
Total Comprehensive Income
                                            14,559  
Cash Dividends ($.56 per share)
                            (6,177 )             (6,177 )
Adjustment to Initially Apply ASC 715-60
                            (288 )             (288 )
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
                    (46 )                     (46 )
Restricted Share Grants
    804       1       9                       10  
                                                 
Balances, December 31, 2008
    11,030,288       11,030       68,371       23,019       2,754       105,174  
                                                 
Comprehensive Income:
                                               
Net Income
                            12,218               12,218  
Changes in Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Securities Available for Sale, net
                                    1,908       1,908  
Change in Unrecognized Amounts in Pension
                                    (47 )     (47 )
Total Comprehensive Income
                                            14,079  
Cash Dividends ($.56 per share)
                            (6,196 )             (6,196 )
Issuance of Common Stock for:
                                               
Exercise of Stock Options
    3,354       3       6                       9  
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
                    (2 )                     (2 )
Restricted Share Grants
    43,740       44       441                       485  
                                                 
Balances, December 31, 2009
    11,077,382       11,077       68,816       29,041       4,615       113,549  
                                                 
Comprehensive Income:
                                               
Net Income
                            13,405               13,405  
Changes in Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Securities Available for Sale, net
                                    474       474  
Change in Unrecognized Loss on Postretirement Benefit Obligation
                                    (176 )     (176 )
Change in Unrecognized Amounts in Pension
                                    (13 )     (13 )
Total Comprehensive Income
                                            13,690  
Cash Dividends ($.56 per share)
                            (6,214 )             (6,214 )
Issuance of Common Stock for:
                                               
Exercise of Stock Options
    3,698       4       31                       35  
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
                    (30 )                     (30 )
Restricted Share Grants
    24,503       24       381                       405  
Income Tax Benefit From Restricted Share Grant
                    99                       99  
                                                 
Balances, December 31, 2010
    11,105,583     $ 11,105     $ 69,297     $ 36,232     $ 4,900     $ 121,534  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 
40

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Dollars in thousands
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                 
Net Income
  $ 13,405     $ 12,218     $ 12,803  
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash from Operating Activities:
                       
Net Accretion on Securities
    1,080       (144 )     (812 )
Depreciation and Amortization
    3,720       3,688       3,362  
Loans Originated for Sale
    (125,473 )     (145,993 )     (105,448 )
Proceeds from Sales of Loans Held-for-Sale
    121,489       145,213       109,378  
Loss in Investment in Limited Partnership
    135       138       141  
Provision for Loan Losses
    5,225       3,750       3,990  
Gain on Sale of Loans, net
    (2,160 )     (1,760 )     (1,399 )
Gain on Securities, net
                (1,031 )
Loss (Gain) on Sales of Other Real Estate and Repossessed Assets
    (161 )     364       62  
Loss (Gain) on Disposition and Impairment of Premises and Equipment
    (33 )     11       (25 )
Other-than-temporary Impairment on Securities
          423       937  
Increase in Cash Surrender Value of Company Owned Life Insurance
    (814 )     (670 )     (805 )
Equity Based Compensation
    405       485       10  
Excess Tax Benefit from Restricted Share Grant
    (99 )            
Change in Assets and Liabilities:
                       
Interest Receivable and Other Assets
    (532 )     (4,236 )     1,798  
Interest Payable and Other Liabilities
    1,040       (3,062 )     (827 )
Net Cash from Operating Activities
    17,227       10,425       22,134  
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                       
Proceeds from Maturities, Calls, Redemptions of Securities Available-for-Sale
    59,795       54,294       52,304  
Proceeds from Sales of Securities Available-for-Sale
          379       53,641  
Purchase of Securities Available-for-Sale
    (155,797 )     (127,192 )     (130,170 )
Proceeds from Maturities of Securities Held-to-Maturity
    1,175       554       1,140  
Proceeds from Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
    1,414              
Purchase of Loans
    (3,496 )     (24,078 )     (29,574 )
Proceeds from Sales of Loans
    6,778       21,057       5,369  
Loans Made to Customers, net of Payments Received
    (4,874 )     10,678       (4,447 )
Proceeds from Sales of Other Real Estate
    2,575       1,756       3,068  
Property and Equipment Expenditures
    (1,975 )     (2,637 )     (2,122 )
Proceeds from Sales of Property and Equipment
    512       4       65  
Acquire Bank Branches
    855              
Acquire Insurance Customer List
          (386 )      
Net Cash from Investing Activities
    (93,038 )     (65,571 )     (50,726 )
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                       
Change in Deposits
    67,578       27,952       64,388  
Change in Short-term Borrowings
    37,900       8,745       (31,328 )
Advances in Long-term Debt
          29,250       25,000  
Repayments of Long-term Debt
    (32,305 )     (21,541 )     (6,167 )
Income Tax Benefit from Restricted Share Grant
    99              
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
    (30 )     (2 )     (46 )
Dividends Paid
    (6,214 )     (6,196 )     (6,177 )
Net Cash from Financing Activities
    67,028       38,208       45,670  
                         
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    (8,783 )     (16,938 )     17,078  
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year
    28,054       44,992       27,914  
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year
  $ 19,271     $ 28,054     $ 44,992  
                         
Cash Paid During the Year for
                       
Interest
  $ 15,534     $ 19,815     $ 27,246  
Income Taxes
    6,102       4,305       6,122  
                         
Supplemental Non Cash Disclosures
                       
Loans Transferred to Other Real Estate
  $ 2,160     $ 2,665     $ 3,353  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 
41

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business and Basis of Presentation
German American Bancorp, Inc. operations are primarily comprised of three business segments: core banking, trust and investment advisory services, and insurance operations.  The accounting and reporting policies of German American Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  The more significant policies are described below.  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries after elimination of all material intercompany accounts and transactions.  Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with current classifications.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Estimates susceptible to change in the near term include the allowance for loan losses, other-than-temporary impairment of securities, the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, and loss contingencies.

Securities
Securities classified as available-for-sale are securities that the Company intends to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily until maturity.  These include securities that management may use as part of its asset/liability strategy, or that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risk, or similar reasons.  Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are classified as available-for-sale.  Equity securities that do not have readily determinable fair values are carried at historical cost and evaluated for impairment on a periodic basis.  Securities classified as available-for-sale are reported at fair value with unrealized gains or losses included as a separate component of equity, net of tax.  Securities classified as held-to-maturity are securities that the Company has both the ability and positive intent to hold to maturity.  Securities held-to-maturity are carried at amortized cost.

Premium amortization is deducted from, and discount accretion is added to, interest income using the level yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage-backed securities where prepayments are anticipated.  Gains and losses on sales are recorded on trade date and are computed on the identified securities method.  Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic conditions or market conditions warrant such an evaluation.

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation.  For securities in an unrealized loss position, management considers the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer.  Management also assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings.  For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and 2) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income.  The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. For equity securities, the entire amount of impairment is recognized through earnings.

Loans Held for Sale
Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at fair value.  Fair value is determined based on collateral value and prevailing market prices for loans with similar characteristics.  Net unrealized gains or losses are recorded through earnings.  Mortgage loans held for sale are generally sold on a servicing released basis.

Mortgage loans held for sale are generally sold on a servicing released basis.  Gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans are based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related loan sold.

Loans
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of unearned interest, deferred loan fees and costs, and an allowance for loan losses.  Interest income is accrued on unpaid principal balance and includes amortization of net deferred loan fees and costs over the loan term without anticipating prepayments.

 
42

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Interest income is discontinued on impaired loans and loans past due 90 days or more, unless the loan is well secured and in process of collection.  All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on non-accrual is reversed against interest income.  Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual.  Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Certain Purchased Loans
The Company purchases individual loans and groups of loans.  Purchased loans that show evidence of credit deterioration since origination are recorded at the amount paid (or allocated fair value in a purchase business combination), such that there is no carryover of the seller’s allowance for loan losses.  After acquisition, incurred losses are recognized by an increase in the allowance for loan losses.

Such purchased loans are accounted for individually or aggregated into pools of loans based on common risk characteristics (e.g., credit score, loan type, and date of origination).  The Company estimates the amount and timing of expected cash flows for each purchased loan or pool, and the expected cash flows in excess of amount paid is recorded as interest income over the remaining life of the loan or pool (accretable yield).  The excess of the loan’s or pool’s contractual principal and interest over expected cash flows is not recorded (nonaccretable difference).

Over the life of the loan or pool, expected cash flows continue to be estimated.  If the present value of expected cash flows is less than the carrying amount, a loss is recorded.  If the present value of expected cash flows is greater than the carrying amount, it is recognized as part of future interest income.

Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses.  Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed.  Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.  Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors.  Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged-off.  The allowance consists of specific and general components.  The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired or loans otherwise classified as substandard or special mention.  The general component covers non-classified loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors.

Loan impairment is reported when full repayment under the terms of the loan is not expected.  If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate, or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Commercial and agricultural loans are evaluated individually for impairment.  Smaller balance homogeneous loans are evaluated for impairment in total.  Such loans include real estate loans secured by one-to-four family residences and loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures.  Individually evaluated loans on non-accrual are generally considered impaired.  Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.
 
 
43

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

The general component covers non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors.  The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and risk classifications and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Company over the most recent three years.  This actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment.  These economic factors include consideration of the following:  levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations.  The following portfolio segments have been identified:  Commercial Loans and Retail Loans.  Commercial Loans have been classified according to the following risk characteristics:  Commercial and Industrial Loans and Leases, Commercial Real Estate, and Agricultural Loans.  Commercial and Industrial loans are primarily based on the cash flows of the business operations and secured by assets being financed and other assets such as accounts receivable and inventory.  Commercial Real Estate Loans and Agricultural Loans are primarily based on cash flow of the borrower and their business and further secured by real estate.  All types of commercial and agricultural (real estate secured and non-real estate) may also come with personal guarantees of the borrowers and business owners.  Retail Loans have been classified according to the following risk characteristics:  Home Equity Loans, Consumer Loans and Residential Mortgage Loans.  Retail loans are generally dependent on personal income of the customer, and repayment is dependent on borrower’s personal cash flow and employment status which can be affected by general economic conditions.  Additionally, collateral values may fluctuate based on the impact of economic conditions on residential real estate values and other consumer type assets such as automobiles.

Loans or portions of loans shall be charged off when there is a distinct probability of loss identified.  A distinct probability of loss exists when it has been determined that any remaining sources of repayment are insufficient to cover all outstanding principal.  The probable loss is immediately calculated based on the value of the remaining sources of repayment and charged to the allowance for loan loss.

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock
The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Indianapolis.  Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts.  FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value.  Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.

Premises, Furniture and Equipment
Land is carried at cost.  Premises, furniture, and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Buildings and related components are depreciated using the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from 10 to 40 years.  Furniture, fixtures, and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from 3 to 10 years.

Other Real Estate
Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis.  If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense.  Operating costs after acquisition are expensed.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill resulting from business combinations prior to January 1, 2009 represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of businesses acquired.  Goodwill resulting from business combinations after January 1, 2009, is generally determined as the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred, plus the fair value of any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree, over the fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date.   Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but tested for impairment at least annually. The Company has selected December 31 as the date to perform the annual impairment test.  Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values. Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on our balance sheet.

Other intangible assets consist of core deposit and acquired customer relationship intangible assets.  They are initially measured at fair value and then are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which range from 7 to 10 years.
 
 
44

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Company Owned Life Insurance
The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain directors and executives.  This life insurance is recorded at its cash surrender value or the amount that can be realized, which considers any adjustments or changes that are probable at settlement.

Loss Contingencies
Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated.  Management does not believe currently that there are any such matters that will have a material impact on the financial statements.

Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments
Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit issued to meet customer financing needs.  The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay.  Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Restrictions on Cash
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, the Company was required to have $4,233 and $3,223 on deposit with the Federal Reserve, or as cash on hand.

Long-term Assets
Premises and equipment, core deposit and other intangible assets, and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows.  If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.

Stock Based Compensation
Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Corporation’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period.

Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income.  Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale and changes in unrecognized amounts in pension and other postretirement benefits, which are also recognized as a separate component of equity.

Income Taxes
Deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined at each balance sheet date and are the result of differences in the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities.  Income tax expense is the amount due on the current year tax returns plus or minus the change in deferred taxes.  A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded.

Retirement Plans
Pension expense under the suspended defined benefit plan is the net of interest cost, return on plan assets and amortization of gains and losses not immediately recognized.  Employee 401(k) and profit sharing plan expense is the amount of matching contributions.  Deferred compensation and supplemental retirement plan expense allocates the benefits over years of service.

Earnings Per Share
Earnings per share are based on net income divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted earnings per share show the potential dilutive effect of additional common shares issuable under the Company’s stock based compensation plans.  Earnings per share are retroactively restated for stock dividends.
 
 
45

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Cash Flow Reporting
The Company reports net cash flows for customer loan transactions, deposit transactions, deposits made with other financial institutions and short-term borrowings.  Cash and cash equivalents are defined to include cash on hand, demand deposits in other institutions and Federal Funds Sold.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments
Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 13.  Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items.  Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

New Accounting Pronouncements
On June 12, 2009, the FASB issued new guidance impacting FASB ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing . The new guidance amends   ASC 860, and will require more information about transfers of financial assets, including securitization transactions, and where entities have continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets. It eliminates the concept of a “qualifying special-purpose entity,” changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets, and requires additional disclosures. The new standard was effective January 1, 2010.  The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position.

On June 12, 2009, the FASB issued new guidance impacting FASB ASC 810-10, Consolidation (Statement No. 167 amends FIN 46(R)).  The new guidance replaces the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining which enterprise, if any, has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity with a qualitative approach focused on identifying which enterprise has the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity (VIE) that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and (1) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (2) the right to receive benefits from the entity.   Unlike previous guidance, this Statement requires ongoing reconsideration of whether (1) an entity is a VIE and (2) an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a VIE.  It is expected that the amendments will result in more entities consolidating VIEs that previously were not consolidated  This new guidance will also require additional disclosures about the Company’s involvement in variable interest entities.   This new guidance was effective January 1, 2010.  The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position.

NOTE 2 – Securities

The amortized cost, unrealized gross gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), and fair value of Securities Available-for-Sale were as follows:

         
Gross
   
Gross
       
   
Amortized
   
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
 
Securities Available-for-Sale:
 
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
Value
 
                         
2010
                       
U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities
  $     $     $     $  
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions
    31,483       813       (118 )     32,178  
Mortgage-backed Securities - Residential
    304,935       7,614       (1,483 )     311,066  
Equity Securities
    2,418       1,085             3,503  
Total
  $ 338,836     $ 9,512     $ (1,601 )   $ 346,747  
                                 
2009
                               
U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities
  $ 5,000     $     $ (30 )   $ 4,970  
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions
    21,511       931       (64 )     22,378  
Mortgage-backed Securities - Residential
    214,591       7,065       (404 )     221,252  
Equity Securities
    2,818       13       (491 )     2,340  
Total
  $ 243,920     $ 8,009     $ (989 )   $ 250,940  
 
 
46

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 2 – Securities (continued)

The carrying amount, unrecognized gains and losses and fair value of Securities Held-to-Maturity were as follows:

         
Gross
   
Gross
       
Securities Held-to-Maturity:
 
Carrying
   
Unrecognized
   
Unrecognized
   
Fair
 
   
Amount
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
Value
 
2010
                       
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions
  $ 1,604     $ 9     $     $ 1,613  
                                 
2009
                               
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions
  $ 2,774     $ 27     $     $ 2,801  

The amortized cost and fair value of Securities at December 31, 2010 by contractual maturity are shown below.  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because some issuers have the right to call or prepay certain obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.  Mortgage-backed and Equity Securities are not due at a single maturity date and are shown separately.
   
Amortized
   
Fair
 
   
Cost
   
Value
 
Securities Available-for-Sale:
           
Due in one year or less
  $ 415     $ 417  
Due after one year through five years
    5,311       5,524  
Due after five years through ten years
    4,765       4,820  
Due after ten years
    20,992       21,417  
Mortgage-backed Securities - Residential
    304,935       311,066  
Equity Securities
    2,418       3,503  
Total
  $ 338,836     $ 346,747  

   
Carrying
   
Fair
 
   
Amount
   
Value
 
Securities Held-to-Maturity:
           
Due in one year or less
  $ 175     $ 175  
Due after one year through five years
    355       356  
Due after five years through ten years
    754       762  
Due after ten years
    320       320  
Total
  $ 1,604     $ 1,613  

Proceeds from the Sales of Securities are summarized below:
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
Available-
   
Available-
   
Available-
 
   
for-Sale
   
for-Sale
   
for-Sale
 
                   
Proceeds from Sales and Calls
  $     $ 379     $ 53,641  
Gross Gains on Sales and Calls
                1,031  
                         
Income Taxes on Gross Gains
                351  

The carrying value of securities pledged to secure repurchase agreements, public and trust deposits, and for other purposes as required by law was $96,718 and $87,940 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 
47

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 2 – Securities (continued)

Below is a summary of securities with unrealized losses as of year-end 2010 and 2009, presented by length of time the securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:

At December 31, 2010 :
 
Less than 12 Months
   
12 Months or More
   
Total
 
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
 
   
Value
   
Loss
   
Value
   
Loss
   
Value
   
Loss
 
                                     
U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities
  $     $     $     $     $     $  
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions
    5,175       (118 )                 5,175       (118 )
Mortgage-backed Securities - Residential
    70,123       (1,483 )                 70,123       (1,483 )
Equity Securities
                                   
Total
  $ 75,298     $ (1,601 )   $     $     $ 75,298     $ (1,601 )

At December 31, 2009 :
 
Less than 12 Months
   
12 Months or More
   
Total
 
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
 
   
Value
   
Loss
   
Value
   
Loss
   
Value
   
Loss
 
                                     
U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities
  $ 4,970     $ (30 )   $     $     $ 4,970     $ (30 )
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions
    3,419       (64 )                 3,419       (64 )
Mortgage-backed Securities - Residential
    47,726       (403 )     40       (1 )     47,766       (404 )
Equity Securities
    1,533       (491 )                 1,533       (491 )
Total
  $ 57,648     $ (988 )   $ 40     $ (1 )   $ 57,688     $ (989 )

Securities are written down to fair value when a decline in fair value is not considered temporary.  In estimating other-than-temporary losses, management considers many factors, including: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether the Company has the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery.  The Company doesn’t intend to sell or expect to be required to sell these securities, and the decline in fair value is largely due to changes in market interest rates, therefore, the Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired.  All mortgage-backed securities in the Company’s portfolio are guaranteed by government sponsored entities, are investment grade, and are performing as expected.

The Company’s equity securities consist of non-controlling investments in other banking organizations.  When a decline in fair value below cost is deemed to be other-than-temporary, the unrealized loss must be recognized as a charge to earnings.  At December 31, 2010, none of the Company’s equity securities had an unrealized loss.  At December 31, 2009, certain equity securities in the Company’s portfolio with fair values below amortized cost were deemed to not be other-than-temporarily impaired due in large part to the overall financial condition of the issuers which included continued profitability throughout 2009 and 2008 and that the fair value of the securities had declined due to difficult macroeconomic conditions for equity security valuations of banking organizations.  In addition, the length of time that fair value has been less than cost was assessed and it was fair to expect that fair value could recover to a level greater than cost in a reasonable period of time.

As a result of valuations of the Company’s equity securities portfolio during 2009, the Company recognized a $423 pre-tax charge for an other-than-temporary decline in fair value of this portfolio.  Accordingly, the other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in the income statement as an investment securities loss during 2009.  A pre-tax charge of $937 for other-than-temporary impairment was also recognized for this portfolio during 2008.

 
48

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 3 – Loans

Loans were comprised of the following classifications at December 31:
   
2010
   
2009
 
             
Commercial:
           
Commercial and Industrial Loans and Leases
  $ 218,443     $ 188,962  
Commercial Real Estate Loans
    339,555       334,255  
Agricultural Loans
    165,166       156,845  
Retail:
               
Home Equity Loans
    64,437       59,088  
Consumer Loans
    53,807       55,648  
Residential Mortgage Loans
    77,310       84,677  
Subtotal
    918,718       879,475  
Less:  Unearned Income
    (1,482 )     (1,653 )
Allowance for Loan Losses
    (13,317 )     (11,016 )
Loans, net
  $ 903,919     $ 866,806  
 
A summary of the activity in the Allowance for Loan Losses follows:
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Balance as of January 1
  $ 11,016     $ 9,522     $ 8,044  
Provision for Loan Losses
    5,225       3,750       3,990  
Recoveries of Prior Loan Losses
    1,290       918       612  
Loan Losses Charged to the Allowance
    (4,214 )     (3,174 )     (3,124 )
Balance as of December 31
  $ 13,317     $ 11,016     $ 9,522  

The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio class and based on impairment method as of December 31, 2010:

           
Commercial
                                     
         
and
                                     
         
Industrial
   
Commercial
         
Home
         
Residential
       
         
Loans and
   
Real Estate
   
Agricultural
   
Equity
   
Consumer
   
Mortgage
       
   
Total
   
Leases
   
Loans
   
Loans
   
Loans
   
Loans
   
Loans
   
Unallocated
 
Allowance for Loan Losses:
                                               
Ending Allowance Balance
                                               
Attributable to Loans:
                                               
Individually Evaluated for Impairment
  $ 4,583     $ 1,387     $ 3,196     $     $     $     $     $  
Collectively Evaluated for Impairment
    8,734       2,326       4,301       750       220       362       543       232  
Total Ending Allowance Balance
  $ 13,317     $ 3,713     $ 7,497     $ 750     $ 220     $ 362     $ 543     $ 232  
                                                                 
Loans:
                                                               
Loans Individually Evaluated for Impairment
  $ 16,833     $ 3,421     $ 13,357     $ 55     $     $     $     $  
Loans Collectively Evaluated for Impairment
    907,525       215,840       327,413       167,933       64,652       54,048       77,639        
Total Ending Loans Balance (1)
  $ 924,358     $ 219,261     $ 340,770     $ 167,988     $ 64,652     $ 54,048     $ 77,639     $  

(1)   Total recorded investment in loans includes $5,640 in accrued interest.
 
 
49

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 3 – Loans (continued)

Information regarding impaired loans:
 
2010
   
2009
         
                     
Year-end impaired loans with no allowance for loan losses allocated
  $ 2,868     $ 1,213          
Year-end impaired loans with allowance for loan losses allocated
    13,841       6,932          
                         
Amount of allowance allocated to impaired loans
    4,583       3,024          

   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Average balance of impaired loans during the year
  $ 10,166     $ 6,676     $ 5,787  
                         
Interest income recognized during impairment
    78       73       161  
Interest income recognized on cash basis
    78       71       161  

The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of December 31, 2010:

   
Unpaid
         
Allowance for
 
   
Principal
   
Recorded
   
Loan Losses
 
   
Balance
   
Investment
   
Allocated
 
                   
With no related allowance recorded:
                 
Commercial and Industrial Loans and Leases
  $ 570     $ 585     $  
Commercial Real Estate Loans
    2,243       2,231        
Agricultural Loans
    55       55        
                         
With an allowance recorded:
                       
Commercial and Industrial Loans and Leases
    2,779       2,836       1,387  
Commercial Real Estate Loans
    11,062       11,126       3,196  
Agricultural Loans
                 
Total
  $ 16,709     $ 16,833     $ 4,583  

Nonperforming loans were as follows at December 31:
   
2010
   
2009
         
                     
Loans past due over 90 days and accruing and Restructured Loans
  $ 1,067     $ 419          
Non-accrual Loans
    10,150       8,374          
Total
  $ 11,217     $ 8,793          

The following table presents the recorded investment in nonaccrual and loans past due over 90 days still on accrual by class of loans as of December 31, 2010:
   
         
Loans Past Due
         
         
Over 90 Days
         
   
Non-Accrual
   
& Still Accruing
         
                     
Commercial and Industrial Loans and Leases
  $ 514     $ 547          
Commercial Real Estate Loans
    8,718       103          
Agricultural Loans
    55                
Home Equity Loans
    156                
Consumer Loans
    103       38          
Residential Mortgage Loans
    604                
Total
  $ 10,150     $ 688          
 
 
50

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 3 – Loans (continued)

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2010 by class of loans:

                     
Greater than
             
         
30-59 Days
   
60-89 Days
   
90 Days
   
Total
   
Loans Not
 
   
Total
   
Past Due
   
Past Due
   
Past Due
   
Past Due
   
Past Due
 
                                     
Commercial and Industrial Loans and Leases
  $ 219,261     $ 1,876     $ 782     $ 1,011     $ 3,669     $ 215,592  
Commercial Real Estate Loans
    340,770       149       700       5,843       6,692       334,078  
Agricultural Loans
    167,988       363             55       418       167,570  
Home Equity Loans
    64,652       132       12       156       300       64,352  
Consumer Loans
    54,048       604       95       108       807       53,241  
Residential Mortgage Loans
    77,639       2,112       580       604       3,296       74,343  
Total (1)
  $ 924,358     $ 5,236     $ 2,169     $ 7,777     $ 15,182     $ 909,176  

(1)   Total recorded investment in loans includes $5,640 in accrued interest.

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

The Company has allocated $173 of specific reserves to customers whose loan terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2010.  The Company had no specific reserves allocated to customers whose loan terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2009.  The Company has not committed to lending any additional amounts as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 to customers with outstanding loans that are classified as troubled debt restructurings.

Credit Quality Indicators:

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors.  The Company classifies loans as to credit risk by individually analyzing loans.  This analysis includes commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans, and agricultural loans with an outstanding balance greater than $100.  This analysis is typically performed on an at least an annual basis.  The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

Special Mention. Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention.  If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the institution’s credit position at some future date.

Substandard.  Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any.  Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt.  They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful.  Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.
 
 
51

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 3 – Loans (continued)

Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass rated loans.  Loans listed as not rated are either less than $100 or are included in groups of homogeneous loans.  As of December 31, 2010, and based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of loans by class of loans is a follows:

         
Special
             
   
Pass
   
Mention
   
Substandard
   
Doubtful
 
                         
Commercial and Industrial Loans and Leases
  $ 192,494     $ 14,782     $ 11,985     $  
Commercial Real Estate Loans
    295,863       27,304       17,603        
Agricultural Loans
    161,871       3,294       2,823        
Total
  $ 650,228     $ 45,380     $ 32,411     $  

The Company considers the performance of the loan portfolio and its impact on the allowance for loan losses. For home equity, consumer and residential mortgage loan classes, the Company also evaluates credit quality based on the aging status of the loan, which was previously presented, and by payment activity.  The following table presents the recorded investment in home equity, consumer and residential mortgage loans based on payment activity as of December 31, 2010:

   
Home Equity
   
Consumer
   
Residential
 
   
Loans
   
Loans
   
Mortgage Loans
 
                   
Performing
  $ 64,496     $ 53,907     $ 77,035  
Nonperforming
    156       141       604  
Total
  $ 64,652     $ 54,048     $ 77,639  

Certain directors, executive officers, and principal shareholders of the Company, including their immediate families and companies in which they are principal owners, were loan customers of the Company during 2010.  A summary of the activity of these loans follows:

Balance
         
Changes
               
Balance
 
January 1,
         
in Persons
   
Deductions
   
December 31,
 
2010
   
Additions
   
Included
   
Collected
   
Charged-off
   
2010
 
$ 4,429     $ 4,411     $ (1,295 )   $ (3,539 )   $     $ 4,006  
  
NOTE 4 – Premises, Furniture, and Equipment

Premises, furniture, and equipment was comprised of the following classifications at December 31:
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
             
Land
  $ 5,709     $ 4,653  
Buildings and Improvements
    32,643       29,353  
Furniture and Equipment
    16,859       17,397  
Total Premises, Furniture and Equipment
    55,211       51,403  
Less:  Accumulated Depreciation
    (29,237 )     (29,250 )
Total
  $ 25,974     $ 22,153  

Depreciation expense was $2,872, $2,772, and $2,509 for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

The Company leases one of its branch buildings under a capital lease.  The lease arrangement requires monthly payments through 2027. The Company has included this lease in buildings and improvements as follows:
   
   
2010
   
2009
 
Capital Lease
  $ 743     $ 743  
Less: Accumulated Depreciation
    (144 )     (108 )
Total
  $ 599     $ 635  
 
 
52

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 4 – Premises, Furniture, and Equipment (continued)

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under the capitalized lease, together with the present value of net minimum lease payments at year end 2010:

2011
  $ 81  
2012
    81  
2013
    81  
2014
    81  
2015
    81  
Thereafter
    941  
Total minimum lease payments
    1,346  
Less: Amount representing interest
    (662 )
Present Value of Net Minimum Lease Payments
  $ 684  
 
NOTE 5 – Deposits
 
At year-end 2010, stated maturities of time deposits were as follows:

2011
  $ 203,173  
2012
    96,552  
2013
    37,965  
2014
    1,697  
2015
    22,036  
Thereafter
    127  
Total
  $ 361,550  
 
Time deposits of $100 or more at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were $88,587 and $63,276, respectively.
 
Time deposits originated from outside the geographic area, generally through brokers, totaled $0 and $10,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

NOTE 6 – FHLB Advances and Other Borrowed Money; Subordinated Debentures

The Company’s funding sources include Federal Home Loan Bank advances, borrowings from other third party correspondent financial institutions, issuance and sale of subordinated debt and other capital securities, and repurchase agreements.  Information regarding each of these types of borrowings or other indebtedness is as follows:

   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Long-term Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank collateralized by qualifying mortgages, investment securities, and mortgage-backed securities
  $ 46,582     $ 77,369  
Term Loans
    4,500       6,000  
Subordinated Debentures
    29,250       29,250  
Capital Lease Obligation
    684       701  
Long-term Borrowings
    81,016       113,320  
                 
Overnight Variable Rate Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank collateralized by qualifying mortgages, investment securities, and mortgage-backed securities
  $ 30,000     $ 1,300  
Federal Funds Purchased
    6,700        
Repurchase Agreements
    36,001       33,501  
Short-term Borrowings
    72,701       34,801  
                 
Total Borrowings
  $ 153,717     $ 148,121  
 
 
53

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 6 – FHLB Advances and Other Borrowed Money; Subordinated Debentures (continued)

Repurchase agreements, which are classified as secured borrowings, generally mature within one day of the transaction date.  Repurchase agreements are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction.  The Company may be required to provide additional collateral based on the value of the underlying securities.

   
2010
   
2009
 
             
Average Daily Balance During the Year
  $ 43,568     $ 24,231  
Average Interest Rate During the Year
    0.47 %     0.73 %
Maximum Month-end Balance During the Year
  $ 58,393     $ 33,501  
Weighted Average Interest Rate at Year-end
    0.35 %     0.50 %

At December 31, 2010 interest rates on the fixed rate long-term FHLB advances ranged from 2.12% to 7.22% with a weighted average rate of 3.36%.  Of the $46.6 million, $35.0 million or 75% of the advances contained options whereby the FHLB may convert the fixed rate advance to an adjustable rate advance, at which time the Company may prepay the advance without penalty.  The options on these advances are subject to a variety of terms including LIBOR based strike rates.

At December 31, 2009 interest rates on the fixed rate long-term FHLB advances ranged from 2.12% to 7.22% with a weighted average rate of 4.14%.  Of the $77.3 million, $55.0 million or 71% of the advances contained options whereby the FHLB may convert the fixed rate advance to an adjustable rate advance, at which time the Company may prepay the advance without penalty.  The options on these advances are subject to a variety of terms including LIBOR based strike rates.

The long-term borrowings shown above includes $4.5 million and $6 million outstanding on a term loan owed by the parent company as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  At December 31, 2010, interest on the term loan is based upon 90-day LIBOR plus 3.00%.  At December 31, 2009, interest on the term loan is based upon 90-day LIBOR plus 1.15%.  The term loan matures January 1, 2014.  At December 31, 2010, the parent company had a $5 million line of credit with no outstanding balance.  The line of credit matures September 30, 2011.  Interest on the line of credit is based upon 90-day LIBOR plus 3.00% and includes an unused commitment fee of 0.35%.  At December 31, 2009, the parent company had a $10 million line of credit with no outstanding balance.  Interest on the line of credit is based upon 90-day LIBOR plus 3.00% and includes an unused commitment fee of 0.35%.

At December 31, 2010, the long-term borrowings shown above includes an aggregate of $29.3 million of indebtedness represented by subordinated debentures issued by the Company’s parent company in two separate transactions.  A $10 million subordinated debenture issued by the parent company to another bank, bears interest based upon 90-day LIBOR plus 1.35%.  This subordinated debenture matures on January 1, 2014.  60% of the subordinated debenture was treated as Tier 2 capital for regulatory capital purposes as of December 31, 2010.  80% of the subordinated debenture was treated as Tier 2 capital for regulatory capital purposes as of December 31, 2009.  On April 30, 2009 the parent company issued $19.3 million principal amount of 8% redeemable subordinated debentures to the public.  These debentures will mature in a single payment of principal on March 30, 2019.  The Company has the right to redeem these debentures without penalty or premium on or after March 30, 2012 subject to prior consultation with the Federal Reserve Board.  The entire principal amount of these debentures was treated as Tier 2 capital for regulatory capital purposes as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Scheduled principal payments on long-term borrowings, excluding the capitalized lease obligation, at December 31, 2010 are as follows:

2011
  $ 30  
2012
    21,533  
2013
    16,536  
2014
    11,539  
2015
    42  
Thereafter
    30,652  
Total
  $ 80,332  

See also Note 4 regarding the capital lease obligation.
 
 
54

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 7 – Stockholders’ Equity

The Company and affiliate bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies.  Capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors, and the regulators can lower classifications in certain cases.  Failure to meet various capital requirements can initiate regulatory action that could have a direct material effect on the financial statements.  Management believes as of December 31, 2010, the Company and Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

The prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications, including well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition.  If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits.  If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and plans for capital restoration are required.

At December 31, 2010, consolidated and affiliate bank actual capital and minimum required levels are presented below:

                           
Minimum Required
 
                     
To Be Well-
 
               
Minimum Required
   
Capitalized Under
 
               
For Capital
   
Prompt Corrective
 
   
Actual
   
Adequacy Purposes:
   
Action Regulations:
 
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
 
Total Capital
                                   
(to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                   
Consolidated
  $ 142,981       14.18 %   $ 80,682       8.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank
    131,969       13.19       80,013       8.00     $ 100,016       10.00 %
                                                 
Tier 1 Capital
                                               
(to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
Consolidated
  $ 104,628       10.37 %   $ 40,341       4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank
    119,457       11.94       40,006       4.00     $ 60,010       6.00 %
                                                 
Tier 1 Capital
                                               
(to Average Assets)
                                               
Consolidated
  $ 104,628       7.61 %   $ 54,990       4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank
    119,457       8.74       54,643       4.00     $ 68,304       5.00 %
 
At December 31, 2009, consolidated and affiliate bank actual capital and minimum required levels are presented below:

                     
Minimum Required
 
                     
To Be Well-
 
               
Minimum Required
   
Capitalized Under
 
               
For Capital
   
Prompt Corrective
 
   
Actual
   
Adequacy Purposes:
   
Action Regulations:
 
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
 
Total Capital
                                   
(to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                   
Consolidated
  $ 135,153       14.09 %   $ 76,738       8.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank
    129,874       13.62       76,266       8.00     $ 95,333       10.00 %
                                                 
Tier 1 Capital
                                               
(to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
Consolidated
  $ 96,887       10.10 %   $ 38,369       4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank
    118,858       12.47       38,133       4.00     $ 57,200       6.00 %
                                                 
Tier 1 Capital
                                               
(to Average Assets)
                                               
Consolidated
  $ 96,887       7.64 %   $ 50,730       4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank
    118,858       9.50       50,048       4.00     $ 62,560       5.00 %
 
 
55

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 7 – Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

The Company and the affiliate bank at year-end 2010 and 2009 were categorized as well-capitalized.  There have been no conditions or events that management believes have changed the classification of the Company or affiliate bank under the prompt corrective action regulations since the last notification from regulators.  Regulations require the maintenance of certain capital levels at the affiliate bank, and may limit the dividends payable by the affiliate to the holding company, or by the holding company to its shareholders.  At December 31, 2010, the affiliate bank had $30,700 in retained earnings available for payment of dividends to the parent company without prior regulatory approval.

Equity Plans and Equity Based Compensation

The Company maintains three equity incentive plans under which stock options, restricted stock, and other equity incentive awards can be granted.  At December 31, 2010, the Company has reserved 611,548 shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for subsequent stock dividends and subject to further customary anti-dilution adjustments) for the purpose of issuance pursuant to outstanding and future grants of options, restricted stock, and other equity awards to officers, directors and other employees of the Company.

Stock Options

Options may be designated as “incentive stock options” under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or as nonqualified options.  While the date after which options are first exercisable is determined by the Long-Term Incentive Award Committee of the Company or, in the case of options granted to directors, by the Board of Directors, no stock option may be exercised after ten years from the date of grant (twenty years in the case of nonqualified stock options). The exercise price of stock options granted pursuant to the Plans must be no less than the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of the grant.

The Plans authorize an optionee to pay the exercise price of options in cash or in common shares of the Company or in some combination of cash and common shares.  An optionee may tender already-owned common shares to the Company in exercise of an option.  The Company typically issues authorized but unissued common shares upon the exercise of options.

The following table presents activity for stock options under the Company’s equity incentive plan for 2010:

         
Year Ended December 31, 2010
       
         
Weighted
   
Weighted Average
   
Aggregate
 
   
Number of
   
Average Price
   
Life of Options
   
Intrinsic
 
   
Options
   
of Options
   
(in years)
   
Value
 
                         
Outstanding at Beginning of Period
    157,956     $ 16.44                  
Granted
                           
Exercised
    (13,205 )     12.93                  
Forfeited
                           
Expired
    (8,700 )     15.30                  
Outstanding & Exercisable at End of Period
    136,051     $ 16.86       5.69     $ 212,158  

The following table presents information related to stock options under the Company’s equity incentive plan during the years ended 2010, 2009, and 2008:
  
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Intrinsic Value of Options Exercised
  $ 46     $ 55     $  
Cash Received from Option Exercises
  $     $     $  
Tax Benefit of Option Exercises
  $ 19     $ 10     $  
Weighted Average Fair Value of Options Granted
  $     $     $  

The intrinsic value for stock options is calculated based on the exercise price of the underlying awards and the market price of common stock as of the reporting date.
 
 
56

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 7 – Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

During 2010 and 2009, the Company granted no options, and accordingly, recorded no stock compensation expense related to option grants.  The Company recorded no other stock compensation expense applicable to options during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 because all outstanding options were fully vested prior to 2007.  As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, there was no unrecognized option expense as all outstanding options were fully vested.

Restricted Stock

During the periods presented, awards of long-term incentives were granted in the form of restricted stock, granted in tandem with cash credit entitlements.  The incentive awards will typically be in the form of 50% restricted stock grants and 50% cash credit entitlements.  The restricted stock grants and tandem cash credit entitlements are subject to forfeiture in the event that the recipient of the grant does not continue employment with the Company through December 15 of the year of grant, at which time they generally vest 100 percent.  For measuring compensation costs, restricted stock awards are valued based upon the market value of the common shares on the date of grant.
 
The following table presents expense recorded for restricted stock and cash entitlements as well as the related tax effect for the years ended 2010, 2009, and 2008:
  
   
Year Ended
   
Year Ended
   
Year Ended
 
   
12/31/2010
   
12/31/2009
   
12/31/2008
 
                   
Restricted Stock Expense
  $ 405     $ 485     $ 10  
Cash Entitlement Expense
    380       461        
Tax Effect
    (311 )     (375 )     (4 )
Net of Tax
    474       571       6  

There was no unrecognized expense associated with the restricted stock grants as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

The following table presents information on restricted stock grants outstanding for the period shown:

   
Year Ended
 
   
December 31, 2010
 
         
Weighted
 
   
Restricted
   
Average Market
 
   
Shares
   
Price at Grant
 
             
Outstanding at Beginning of Period
        $  
Granted
    24,503       16.56  
Issued and Vested
    (24,503 )     16.56  
Forfeited
           
Outstanding at End of Period
           

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company maintains an Employee Stock Purchase Plan whereby eligible employees have the option to purchase the Company’s common stock at a discount.  The purchase price of the shares under this Plan has been set at 95% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of the last day of the plan year.  The plan provides for the purchase of up to 500,000 shares of common stock, which the Company may obtain by purchases on the open market or from private sources, or by issuing authorized but unissued common shares.  Funding for the purchase of common stock is from employee and Company contributions.

The Employee Stock Purchase Plan is not considered compensatory.  There was no expense recorded for the employee stock purchase plan in 2010, 2009, and 2008 nor was there any unrecognized compensation expense as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 for the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 
 
57

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 7 – Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

Stock Repurchase Plan

On April 26, 2001, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program for up to 607,754 of the outstanding Common Shares of the Company.  Shares may be purchased from time to time in the open market and in large block privately negotiated transactions.  The Company is not obligated to purchase any shares under the program, and the program may be discontinued at any time before the maximum number of shares specified by the program are purchased.  As of December 31, 2010, the Company had purchased 334,965 shares under the program.  No shares were purchased under the program during the year ended December 31, 2010.

NOTE 8 – Employee Benefit Plans

The Company provides a contributory trusteed 401(k) deferred compensation and profit sharing plan, which covers substantially all employees.  The Company agrees to match certain employee contributions under the 401(k) portion of the plan, while profit sharing contributions are discretionary and are subject to determination by the Board of Directors.  Company contributions were $608, $562, and $560 for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

The Company self-insures employee health benefits.  Stop loss insurance covers annual losses exceeding $85 per covered individual.  Management’s policy is to establish a reserve for claims not submitted by a charge to earnings based on prior experience.  Charges to earnings were $1,489, $2,476, and $1,387 for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

The Company maintains deferred compensation plans for the benefit of certain directors and officers.  Under the plans, the Company agrees in return for the directors and officers deferring the receipt of a portion of their current compensation, to pay a retirement benefit computed as the amount of the compensation deferred plus accrued interest at a variable rate.  Accrued benefits payable totaled $2,492 and $2,735 at December 31, 2010 and 2009.  Deferred compensation expense was $223, $429, and $229 for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.  In conjunction with the plans, the Company purchased life insurance on certain directors and officers.

The Company entered into early retirement agreements with certain officers of the Company during 2008, 2009, and 2010.  Accrued benefits payable as a result of the agreements totaled $544 and $615 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Expense associated with these agreements totaled $135, $110, and $718 during 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.  The benefits under the agreements will be paid through 2017.

The Company acquired through previous bank mergers a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan with benefits based on years of service and compensation prior to retirement.  The benefits under the plan were suspended in 1998.
 
 
58

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 8 – Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

Accumulated plan benefit information for the Company’s plan as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 was as follows:

Changes in Benefit Obligation:
 
2010
   
2009
 
Obligation at Beginning of Year
  $ 674     $ 620  
Interest Cost
    34       36  
Benefits Paid
    (38 )     (65 )
Actuarial (Gain) Loss
    42       83  
Obligation at End of Year
    712       674  
                 
Changes in Plan Assets:
               
Fair Value at Beginning of Year
    289       331  
Actual Return on Plan Assets
    1       (1 )
Employer Contributions
    67       24  
Benefits Paid
    (38 )     (65 )
Fair Value at End of Year
    319       289  
                 
Funded Status:
               
                 
Funded Status at End of Year
  $ (393 )   $ (385 )
                 
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31 consist of:
                 
Net Loss (Gain)
  $ 287       268  
Prior Service Cost
    15       12  
    $ 302       280  

The accumulated benefit obligation was $712 and $674 at year-end 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Because the plan has been suspended, the projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation are the same.  The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plan exceeds the fair value of the assets included in the plan.

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Interest Cost
  $ 34     $ 36     $ 37  
Expected Return on Assets
    (3 )     (7 )     (13 )
Amortization of Transition Amount
                (1 )
Amortization of Prior Service Cost
    (3 )     (3 )     (3 )
Recognition of Net Loss
    25       16       21  
Net Periodic Benefit Cost
  $ 53     $ 42     $ 41  
                         
Net Loss During the Period
    43       91       11  
Amortization of Unrecognized Loss
    (25 )     (16 )     (16 )
Amortization of Transition Cost
                1  
Amortization of Prior Service Cost
    3       3       4  
Total Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income
    21       78        
                         
Total Recognized in Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Comprehensive Income
  $ 74     $ 120     $ 41  

The estimated net loss, prior service costs, and net transition obligation (asset) for the defined benefit pension plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $31, $1, and $0, respectively.
 
 
59

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 8 – Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

Assumptions

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at year-end:

   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Discount Rate
    4.60 %     5.29 %     6.17 %
Rate of Compensation Increase (1)
    N/A       N/A       N/A  

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost:
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Discount Rate
    5.29 %     6.17 %     6.25 %
Expected Return on Plan Assets
    1.00 %     2.20 %     4.50 %
Rate of Compensation Increase (1)
    N/A       N/A       N/A  

(1)
Benefits under the plan were suspended in 1998; therefore, the weighted-average rate of increase in future compensation levels was not applicable for all years presented.

The expected return on plan assets was determined based upon rates that are expected to be available for future reinvestment of earnings and maturing investments along with consideration given to the current mix of plan assets.

Plan Assets

The Company’s defined benefit pension plan asset allocation at year-end 2010 and 2009 and target allocation for 2011 by asset category are as follows:
  
   
Target
   
Percentage of Plan Assets
 
   
Allocation
   
at Year-end
 
Asset Category
 
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
Cash
    40 %     38 %     100 %
Certificates of Deposit
    60 %     62 %     0 %
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %

Plan benefits are suspended.  Therefore, the Company has invested predominantly in relatively short-term investments over the past two years.  No significant changes to investing strategies are anticipated.

Fair Value of Plan Assets
Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.  Since plan assets consist of cash, there are no estimates or assumptions applied to determine fair value.

Postretirement Medical and Life Benefit Plan

The Company has an unfunded postretirement benefit plan covering substantially all of its employees.  The medical plan is contributory with the participants’ contributions adjusted annually; the life insurance plans are noncontributory.

Changes in Accumulated Postretirement Benefits Obligations
   
2010
   
2009
 
Obligation at the Beginning of Year
  $ 446     $ 450  
Unrecognized Loss (Gain)
    107       7  
                 
Components of Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost
               
Service Cost
    19       17  
Interest Cost
    26       25  
                 
Net Expected Benefit Payments
    (38 )     (53 )
Obligation at End of Year
  $ 560     $ 446  
 
 
60

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 8 – Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

Components of Postretirement Benefit Expense
   
2010
   
2009
 
Service Cost
  $ 19     $ 17  
Interest Cost
    26       25  
Net Postretirement Benefit Expense
    45       42  
                 
Net Gain During Period Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income
           
                 
Total Recognized in Net Postretirement Benefit Expense and Other Comprehensive Income
  $ 45     $ 42  

Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Cost and Benefit Obligations:

   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Discount Rate
    4.72 %     6.00 %     6.00 %

Assumed Health Care Cost Trend Rates at Year-end:
   
2010
   
2009
         
Health Care Cost Trend Rate Assumed for Next Year
    8.00 %     8.00 %        
Rate that the Cost Trend Rate Gradually Declines to
    4.50 %     4.50 %        
Year that the Rate Reaches the Rate it is Assumed to Remain at
    2017       2016          

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans.  A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

   
One-Percentage-Point
   
One-Percentage-Point
 
   
Increase
   
Decrease
 
Effect on Total of Service and Interest Cost
  $ 3     $ (3 )
Effect on Postretirement Benefit Obligation
  $ 33     $ (30 )
 
Pension and Other Benefit Plans
 
Contributions
 
The Company expects to contribute $75 to its defined benefit pension plan and $46 to its postretirement medical and life insurance plan in 2011.
 
Estimated Future Benefits
 
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid:
 
   
Pension
   
Postretirement
 
Year
 
Benefits
   
Benefits
 
2011
  $ 53     $ 46  
2012
    48       39  
2013
    108       45  
2014
    40       43  
2015
    52       60  
2016-2020
    302       324  
 
 
61

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 9 – Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Current Federal
  $ 6,147     $ 4,424     $ 4,604  
Current State
    480       25       476  
Deferred Federal
    (686 )     (192 )     719  
Deferred State
    (318 )     (244 )     (161 )
Total
  $ 5,623     $ 4,013     $ 5,638  
 
Income tax expense is reconciled to the 35% statutory rate applied to the pre-tax income for 2010 in the table below.  Income tax expense is reconciled to the 34% statutory rate applied to pre-tax income for years 2009 and 2008 in the table below:
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Statutory Rate Times Pre-tax Income
  $ 6,660     $ 5,518     $ 6,270  
Add (Subtract) the Tax Effect of:
                       
Income from Tax-exempt Loans and Investments
    (533 )     (512 )     (351 )
State Income Tax, Net of Federal Tax Effect
    105       (145 )     208  
General Business Tax Credits
    (365 )     (466 )     (182 )
Dividends Received Deduction
          (5 )     (22 )
Company Owned Life Insurance
    (282 )     (375 )     (269 )
Other Differences
    38       (2 )     (16 )
Total Income Taxes
  $ 5,623     $ 4,013     $ 5,638  
 
The net deferred tax liability at December 31 consists of the following:
 
   
2010
   
2009
         
Deferred Tax Assets:
                   
Allowance for Loan Losses
  $ 4,784     $ 3,815          
Deferred Compensation and Employee Benefits
    1,458       1,585          
Other-than-temporary Impairment
    399       401          
Accrued Expenses
    636       440          
Business Combination Fair Value Adjustments
    18       14          
Pension and Postretirement Plans
    125       1          
Intangibles
    42                
Other
    237       271          
Total Deferred Tax Assets
    7 ,699       6,527          
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
                       
Depreciation
    (141 )     (179 )        
Leasing Activities, Net
    (4,037 )     (3,580 )        
Investment in Low Income Housing Partnerships
    (270 )     (392 )        
Unrealized Appreciation on Securities
    (2,821 )     (2,404 )        
FHLB Stock Dividends
    (388 )     (440 )        
Prepaid Expenses
    (410 )     (394 )        
Intangibles
          (105 )        
Other
    (164 )     (276 )        
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities
    (8,231 )     (7,770 )        
Valuation Allowance
    (45 )     (45 )        
Net Deferred Tax Liability
  $ (577 )   $ (1,288 )        

Under the Internal Revenue Code, through 1996 two acquired banking companies, which are now a part of the Company’s single banking subsidiary, were allowed a special bad debt deduction related to additions to tax bad debt reserves established for the purpose of absorbing losses. The acquired banks were formerly known as Peoples Community Bank (acquired in October 2005) and First American Bank (acquired in January 1999).  Subject to certain limitations, these Banks were permitted to deduct from taxable income an allowance for bad debts based on a percentage of taxable income before such deductions or actual loss experience.  The Banks generally computed its annual addition to its bad debt reserves using the percentage of taxable income method; however, due to certain limitations in 1996, the Banks were only allowed a deduction based on actual loss experience.
 
 
62

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 9 – Income Taxes (continued)

Retained earnings at December 31, 2010, include approximately $2,995 for which no provision for federal income taxes has been made.  This amount represents allocations of income for allowable bad debt deductions.  Reduction of amounts so allocated for purposes other than tax bad debt losses will create taxable income, which will be subject to the then current corporate income tax rate.  It is not contemplated that amounts allocated to bad debt deductions will be used in any manner to create taxable income.  The unrecorded deferred income tax liability on the above amount at December 31, 2010 was approximately $1,048.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, and did not recognize any increase in unrecognized benefits during 2010 relative to any tax positions taken in 2010.  Should the accrual of any interest or penalties relative to unrecognized tax benefits be necessary, it is the Company’s policy to record such accruals in its income tax expense accounts; no such accruals existed as of December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008.  The Company and its corporate subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. Federal income tax return, which is subject to examination for all years after 2006. The Company and its corporate subsidiaries doing business in Indiana file a combined Indiana unitary return, which is subject to examination for all years after 2005.

NOTE 10 – Per Share Data

The computation of Earnings per Share and Diluted Earnings per Share are provided below:

   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Earnings per Share:
                 
Net Income
  $ 13,405     $ 12,218     $ 12,803  
                         
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding
    11,098,836       11,065,917       11,029,519  
                         
Earnings per Share
  $ 1.21     $ 1.10     $ 1.16  
                         
Diluted Earnings per Share:
                       
Net Income
  $ 13,405     $ 12,218     $ 12,803  
                         
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding
    11,098,836       11,065,917       11,029,519  
Stock Options, Net
    6,051       3,071       392  
Diluted Weighted Average Shares Outstanding
    11,104,887       11,068,988       11,029,911  
                         
Diluted Earnings per Share
  $ 1.21     $ 1.10     $ 1.16  
 
Stock options for 99,276, 117,898, and 248,871 shares of common stock were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively, because they were anti-dilutive.

NOTE 11 – Lease Commitments

The total rental expense for all operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $385, $316, $338 respectively, including amounts paid under short-term cancelable leases.

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments:

Years Ending December 31:
 
Premises and Equipment
 
       
2011
  $ 359  
2012
    311  
2013
    263  
2014
    224  
2015
    180  
Thereafter
    1,088  
Total
  $ 2,425  

 
63

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 12 – Commitments and Off-balance Sheet Items

In the normal course of business, there are various commitments and contingent liabilities, such as commitments to extend credit and commitments to sell loans, which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.  The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to make loans and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments.  The Company uses the same credit policy to make commitments as it uses for on-balance sheet items.

The Company’s exposure to credit risk for commitments to sell loans is dependent upon the ability of the counter-party to purchase the loans.  This is generally assured by the use of government sponsored entity counterparts.  These commitments are subject to market risk resulting from fluctuations in interest rates.  Commitments to sell loans are not mandatory (i.e., do not require net settlement with the counter-party to cancel the commitment).

Commitments and contingent liabilities are summarized as follows, at December 31:     

   
2010
   
2009
 
   
Fixed
   
Variable
   
Fixed
   
Variable
 
   
Rate
   
Rate
   
Rate
   
Rate
 
Commitments to Fund Loans:
                       
Consumer Lines
  $ 5,041     $ 107,602     $ 1,839     $ 102,628  
Commercial Operating Lines
    6,082       130,780       7,733       120,732  
Residential Mortgages
    16,922       110       8,324       1,387  
Total Commitments to Fund Loans
  $ 28,045     $ 238,492     $ 17,896     $ 224,747  
                                 
Commitments to Sell Loans
  $ 30,413     $     $ 15,263     $  
                                 
Standby Letters of Credit
  $ 1,185     $ 4,560     $ 970     $ 2,517  

The fixed rate commitments to fund loans have interest rates ranging from 2.000% to 18.000% and maturities ranging from less than 1 year to 15 years.  Since many commitments to make loans expire without being used, these amounts do not necessarily represent future cash commitments.  Collateral obtained upon exercise of the commitment is determined using management’s credit evaluation of the borrower, and may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, land, and other items.

NOTE 13 – Fair Value

Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.  There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values:

Level 1:  Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2:  Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3:  Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value.
 
Investment Securities:   The fair values for investment securities are determined by quoted market prices, if available (Level 1).  For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated based on market prices of similar securities (Level 2).  For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators (Level 3).
 
 
64

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 13 – Fair Value (continued)

Impaired Loans:   Values for collateral dependent loans are generally based on appraisals obtained from licensed real estate appraisers and in certain circumstances consideration of offers obtained to purchase properties prior to foreclosure.  Appraisals for commercial real estate generally use three methods to derive value: cost, sales or market comparison and income approach.  The cost method bases value in the cost to replace the current property.  Value of market comparison approach evaluates the sales price of similar properties in the same market area.  The income approach considers net operating income generated by the property and an investors required return.  Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process to adjust for differences between the comparable sale and income data available.  Such adjustments are typically significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.

Other Real Estate:   Nonrecurring adjustments to certain commercial and residential real estate properties classified as other real estate (ORE) are measured at fair value, less costs to sell.  Fair values are generally based on third party appraisals of the property utilizing similar techniques as discussed above for Impaired Loans, resulting in a Level 3 classification.

Loans Held-for-Sale:   The fair values of loans held for sale are determined by using quoted prices for a similar asset, adjusted for specific attributes of that loan (Level 2).

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis
 
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:
 
         
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 Using
 
         
Quoted Prices in
             
         
Active Markets for
   
Significant Other
   
Significant
 
         
Identical Assets
   
Observable Inputs
   
Unobservable Inputs
 
   
Carrying Value
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
Assets:
                       
U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities
  $     $     $     $  
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions
    32,178             32,178        
Mortgage-backed Securities - Residential
    311,066             311,066        
Equity Securities
    3,503       3,150             353  
Loans Held-for-Sale
    11,850             11,850        

         
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009 Using
 
         
Quoted Prices in
             
         
Active Markets for
   
Significant Other
   
Significant
 
         
Identical Assets
   
Observable Inputs
   
Unobservable Inputs
 
   
Carrying Value
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
Assets:
                       
U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities
  $ 4,970     $     $ 4,970     $  
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions
    22,378             22,378        
Mortgage-backed Securities - Residential
    221,252             221,252        
Equity Securities
    2,340       1,987             353  
Loans Held-for-Sale
    5,706             5,706        

There were no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2010.

 
65

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 13 – Fair Value (continued)

The table below presents a reconciliation and income statement classification of gains and losses for equity securities that do not have readily determinable fair values and are evaluated for impairment on a periodic basis. These assets were measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

   
Available-for-Sale Securities
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
             
Balance of Recurring Level 3 Assets at January 1
  $ 353     $ 1,155  
Sale of Securities
          (379 )
Other-than-temporary Impairment Charges Recognized through Net Income
          (423 )
Ending Balance, December 31
  $ 353     $ 353  

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Non-Recurring Basis

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are summarized below:
 
         
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 Using
 
         
Quoted Prices in
             
         
Active Markets for
   
Significant Other
   
Significant
 
         
Identical Assets
   
Observable Inputs
   
Unobservable Inputs
 
   
Carrying Value
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
Assets:
                       
Impaired Loans with Specific Allocations
                       
Commercial and Industrial Loans
  $ 1,451     $     $     $ 1,451  
Commercial Real Estate Loans
  $ 7,868     $     $     $ 7,868  
Other Real Estate
                               
Commercial Real Estate
  $ 400     $     $     $ 400  
Residential
  $ 60     $     $     $ 60  

         
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009 Using
 
         
Quoted Prices in
             
         
Active Markets for
   
Significant Other
   
Significant
 
         
Identical Assets
   
Observable Inputs
   
Unobservable Inputs
 
   
Carrying Value
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
Assets:
                       
Impaired Loans with Specific Allocations
  $ 3,908     $     $     $ 3,908  
Other Real Estate
  $ 507     $     $     $ 507  

Impaired loans, which are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans, had a carrying amount of $13,902 with a valuation allowance of $4,583, resulting in an additional provision for loan losses of $4,036 for the year ended December 31, 2010.  Impaired loans, which are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans, had a carrying amount of $6,932 with a valuation allowance of $3,024, resulting in an additional provision for loan losses of $2,632 for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Other Real Estate which is measured at the lower of carrying or fair value less costs to sell, had a carrying amount of $460 at December 31, 2010.  A charge to earnings through Other Operating Income of $119 was included in the year ended December 31, 2010.  Other Real Estate which is measured at fair value less costs to sell, had a carrying amount of $507 at December 31, 2009, resulting in a write-down of $228 for the year ending December 31, 2009.

 
66

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 13 – Fair Value (continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments not previously presented are provided in the table below.  Not all of the Company’s assets and liabilities are considered financial instruments, and therefore are not included in the table.  Because no active market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates were based on subjective judgments, and therefore cannot be determined with precision.

   
December 31, 2010
   
December 31, 2009
 
   
Carrying
   
Fair
   
Carrying
   
Fair
 
   
Value
   
Value
   
Value
   
Value
 
Financial Assets:
                       
Cash and Short-term Investments
  $ 19,271     $ 19,271     $ 28,054     $ 28,054  
Securities Held-to-Maturity
    1,604       1,613       2,774       2,801  
FHLB Stock and Other Restricted Stock
    9,207       N/A       10,621       N/A  
Loans, Net
    894,600       894,463       862,898       870,463  
Accrued Interest Receivable
    6,687       6,687       6,605       6,605  
Financial Liabilities:
                               
Demand, Savings, and Money Market Deposits
    (725,736 )     (725,736 )     (639,967 )     (639,967 )
Time Deposits
    (361,550 )     (363,274 )     (329,676 )     (330,628 )
Short-term Borrowings
    (72,701 )     (72,701 )     (34,801 )     (34,801 )
Long-term Debt
    (81,016 )     (86,714 )     (113,320 )     (114,742 )
Accrued Interest Payable
    (2,281 )     (2,281 )     (2,292 )     (2,292 )
Unrecognized Financial Instruments:
                               
Commitments to Extend Credit
                       
Standby Letters of Credit
                       
Commitments to Sell Loans
                       

The fair value for cash and short-term investments and accrued interest receivable is estimated to be equal to their carrying value.  The fair values of securities held to maturity are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes, if available, or by using quoted market prices for similar instruments.  The fair value of loans are estimated by discounting future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made for the average remaining maturities.  It was not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLB stock and other restricted stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability.  The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts, money market deposits, short-term borrowings and accrued interest payable is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date.  The fair value of fixed-maturity time deposits and long-term borrowings are estimated using the rates currently offered on these instruments for similar remaining maturities.  Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are generally short-term or variable rate with minimal fees charged.  These instruments have no carrying value, and the fair value is not significant.  The fair value of commitments to sell loans is the cost or benefit of settling the commitments with the counter-party at the reporting date.  At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, none of the Company’s commitments to sell loans were mandatory, and there is no cost or benefit to settle these commitments.

NOTE 14 – Segment Information

The Company’s operations include three primary segments: core banking, trust and investment advisory services, and insurance operations.  The core banking segment involves attracting deposits from the general public and using such funds to originate consumer, commercial and agricultural, commercial and agricultural real estate, and residential mortgage loans, primarily in the Company’s local markets.  The core banking segment also involves the sale of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market.  The trust and investment advisory services segment involves providing trust, investment advisory, and brokerage services to customers.  The insurance segment offers a full range of personal and corporate property and casualty insurance products, primarily in the Company’s banking subsidiary’s local markets.

 
67

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 14 – Segment Information (continued)

The core banking segment is comprised by the Company’s banking subsidiary, German American Bancorp, which operated through 30 retail banking offices at December 31, 2010.  Net interest income from loans and investments funded by deposits and borrowings is the primary revenue for the core-banking segment.  The trust and investment advisory services segment’s revenues are comprised primarily of fees generated by German American Financial Advisors & Trust Company.  These fees are derived by providing trust, investment advisory, and brokerage services to its customers. The insurance segment consists of German American Insurance, Inc., which provides a full line of personal and corporate insurance products from seven offices; and German American Reinsurance Company, Ltd., which reinsures credit insurance products sold by the Company’s subsidiary bank.  Commissions derived from the sale of insurance products are the primary source of revenue for the insurance segment.

The following segment financial information has been derived from the internal financial statements of German American Bancorp, Inc., which are used by management to monitor and manage the financial performance of the Company.  The accounting policies of the three segments are the same as those of the Company.  The evaluation process for segments does not include holding company income and expense.  Holding company amounts are the primary differences between segment amounts and consolidated totals, and are reflected in the column labeled “Other” below, along with amounts to eliminate transactions between segments.

Year ended December 31, 2010
                             
         
Trust and
                   
         
Investment
                   
   
Core
   
Advisory
               
Consolidated
 
   
Banking
   
Services
   
Insurance
   
Other
   
Totals
 
                               
Net Interest Income
  $ 50,460     $ 8     $ 27     $ (1,824 )   $ 48,671  
Net Gains on Sales of Loans
    2,160                         2,160  
Net Gain (Loss) on Securities
                             
Trust and Investment Product Fees
    2       1,585             (5 )     1,582  
Insurance Revenues
    61       26       5,282       (22 )     5,347  
Noncash Items:
                                       
Provision for Loan Losses
    5,225                         5,225  
Depreciation and Amortization
    2,865       29       826             3,720  
Income Tax Expense
    7,181       (259 )     (56 )     (1,243 )     5,623  
Segment Profit (Loss)
    15,325       (385 )     (130 )     (1,405 )     13,405  
Segment Assets
    1,368,348       2,193       8,426       (3,079 )     1,375,888  

Year ended December 31, 2009
                             
         
Trust and
                   
         
Investment
                   
   
Core
   
Advisory
               
Consolidated
 
   
Banking
   
Services
   
Insurance
   
Other
   
Totals
 
                               
Net Interest Income
  $ 45,825     $ 13     $ 59     $ (1,384 )   $ 44,513  
Net Gains on Sales of Loans
    1,760                         1,760  
Net Gain (Loss) on Securities
                      (423 )     (423 )
Trust and Investment Product Fees
    4       1,617             (4 )     1,617  
Insurance Revenues
    82       18       5,241       (45 )     5,296  
Noncash Items:
                                       
Provision for Loan Losses
    3,750                         3,750  
Depreciation and Amortization
    2,727       27       934             3,688  
Income Tax Expense
    5,298       15       (29 )     (1,271 )     4,013  
Segment Profit (Loss)
    13,140       20       (44 )     (898 )     12,218  
Segment Assets
    1,236,745       2,182       8,432       (4,394 )     1,242,965  
 
 
68

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 14 – Segment Information (continued)

Year ended December 31, 2008
                             
         
Trust and
                   
         
Investment
                   
   
Core
   
Advisory
               
Consolidated
 
   
Banking
   
Services
   
Insurance
   
Other
   
Totals
 
                               
Net Interest Income
  $ 41,725     $ 60     $ 71     $ (919 )   $ 40,937  
Net Gains on Sales of Loans
    1,399                         1,399  
Net Gain (Loss) on Securities
    1,031                   (937 )     94  
Trust and Investment Product Fees
    4       2,312             (28 )     2,288  
Insurance Revenues
    75       43       6,256       (68 )     6,306  
Noncash Items:
                                       
Provision for Loan Losses
    3,990                         3,990  
Depreciation and Amortization
    2,490       25       847             3,362  
Income Tax Expense
    6,383       230       256       (1,231 )     5,638  
Segment Profit (Loss)
    13,185       338       413       (1,133 )     12,803  
Segment Assets
    1,183,773       1,992       8,930       (3,867 )     1,190,828  
 
 
69

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 15 – Parent Company Financial Statements
 
The condensed financial statements of German American Bancorp, Inc. are presented below:
 
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
ASSETS
           
Cash
  $ 8,381     $ 4,848  
Securities Available-for-Sale, at Fair Value
    3,503       2,340  
Investment in Subsidiary Bank
    135,879       135,491  
Investment in Non-banking Subsidiaries
    3,488       2,783  
Other Assets
    7,019       5,422  
Total Assets
  $ 158,270     $ 150,884  
                 
LIABILITIES
               
Borrowings
  $ 33,750     $ 35,250  
Other Liabilities
    2,986       2,085  
Total Liabilities
    36,736       37,335  
                 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Common Stock
    11,105       11,077  
Additional Paid-in Capital
    69,297       68,816  
Retained Earnings
    36,232       29,041  
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
    4,900       4,615  
Total Shareholders’ Equity
    121,534       113,549  
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
  $ 158,270     $ 150,884  
 
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
INCOME
                 
Dividends from Subsidiaries
                 
Bank
  $ 14,000     $ 8,000     $ 13,000  
Non-bank
                 
Interest Income
    30       57       57  
Net Loss on Securities
          (423 )     (937 )
Other Income
    76       119       39  
Total Income
    14,106       7,753       12,159  
                         
EXPENSES
                       
Salaries and Employee Benefits
    420       364       163  
Professional Fees
    842       342       245  
Occupancy and Equipment Expense
    8       7       8  
Interest Expense
    1,878       1,459       981  
Other Expenses
    281       292       324  
Total Expenses
    3,429       2,464       1,721  
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES
    10,677       5,289       10,438  
Income Tax Benefit
    1,178       1,237       1,212  
INCOME BEFORE EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES
    11,855       6,526       11,650  
Equity in Undistributed Income of Subsidiaries
    1,550       5,692       1,153  
NET INCOME
    13,405       12,218       12,803  
                         
Other Comprehensive Income:
                       
Unrealized Gain on Securities, Net
    474       1,908       1,612  
Changes in Unrecognized Amounts in Pension
    (13 )     (47 )      
Changes in Unrecognized Loss on Postretirement Benefit Obligation
    (176 )           144  
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
  $ 13,690     $ 14,079     $ 14,559  
 
 
70

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
NOTE 15 – Parent Company Financial Statements (continued)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                 
Net Income
  $ 13,405     $ 12,218     $ 12,803  
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash from Operations
                       
Loss on Securities, net
          423       937  
Change in Other Assets
    (1,995 )     (963 )     (39 )
Change in Other Liabilities
    612       325       (493 )
Equity Based Compensation
    405       485       10  
Excess Tax Benefit from Restricted Share Grant
    (99 )            
Equity in Undistributed Income of Subsidiaries
    (1,550 )     (5,692 )     (1,153 )
Net Cash from Operating Activities
    10,778       6,796       12,065  
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                       
Capital Contribution to Subsidiaries
          (15,000 )     (250 )
Proceeds from Sales, Redemptions of Securities Available-for-Sale
    400       379        
Net Cash from Investing Activities
    400       (14,621 )     (250 )
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                       
Change in Short-term Borrowings
                (3,250 )
Advances in Long-term Debt
          19,250        
Repayment of Long-term Debt
    (1,500 )     (1,500 )     (1,500 )
Income Tax Benefit from Restricted Share Grant
    99              
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
    (30 )     (2 )     (46 )
Dividends Paid
    (6,214 )     (6,196 )     (6,177 )
Net Cash from Financing Activities
    (7,645 )     11,552       (10,973 )
                         
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    3,533       3,727       842  
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year
    4,848       1,121       279  
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year
  $ 8,381     $ 4,848     $ 1,121  
 
 
71

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 16 – Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets

German American Bancorp, the banking subsidiary of the Company, completed the acquisition of two branch offices from Farmers State Bank of Alto Pass, Ill. on May 7, 2010.  One of the branches is located in Evansville (Vanderburgh County, Indiana) and the other in adjacent Newburgh (Warrick County, Indiana).  Pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement, Farmers State Bank of Alto Pass, Ill. paid the Company approximately $368.  The Company has expensed approximately $209 of direct acquisition costs and recorded $180 of goodwill and $903 of intangible assets.  The intangible assets are related to core deposits and are being amortized on an accelerated basis over 10 years.  For tax purposes, goodwill of $180 is deductible on a straight line basis over 15 years.  On the date of acquisition, the Company assumed net deposit liabilities valued at approximately $50.2 million and other liabilities of $66, acquired a net portfolio of loans valued at $42.9 million, premises and equipment valued at $5.2 million and other assets of $640.

This acquisition was consistent with the Company’s strategy to build a regional presence in Southern Indiana.  The acquisition offers the Company the opportunity to increase profitability by introducing existing products and services to the acquired customer base as well as add new customers in the expanded region.

On June 26, 2009, the Company acquired certain assets of an existing insurance agency office located in Tell City, Indiana.  The assets became a part of German American Insurance, Inc., the Company’s property and casualty insurance entity.

The purchase price for this transaction was $386 in cash and resulted in $386 in customer list intangible.  The customer relationship intangible is being amortized over seven years utilizing the straight-line method and deducted for tax purposes over 15 years using the straight line method.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the periods ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 were classified as follows:

   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Beginning of Year
  $ 9,655     $ 9,655     $ 9,655  
Acquired Goodwill
    180              
Impairment
                 
End of Year
  $ 9,835     $ 9,655     $ 9,655  

Of the $9,835 carrying amount of goodwill, $8,503 is allocated to the core banking segment and $1,332 is allocated to the insurance segment for the period ended December 31, 2010. Of the $9,655 carrying amount of goodwill, $8,323 is allocated to the core banking segment and $1,332 is allocated to the insurance segment for the periods ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.

Acquired intangible assets were as follows as of year end:
 
2010
 
   
Gross
   
Accumulated
 
   
Amount
   
Amortization
 
Core Banking
           
Core Deposit Intangible
  $ 3,275     $ 1,727  
Unidentified Branch Acquisition Intangible
    257       257  
Insurance
               
Customer List
    5,199       4,123  
Total
  $ 8,731     $ 6,107  

   
2009
 
   
Gross
   
Accumulated
 
   
Amount
   
Amortization
 
Core Banking
           
Core Deposit Intangible
  $ 2,372     $ 1,435  
Unidentified Branch Acquisition Intangible
    257       257  
Insurance
               
Customer List
    5,199       3,518  
Total
  $ 7,828     $ 5,210  

Amortization Expense was $898, $909, and $889 for 2010, 2009, and 2008.

 
72

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 16 – Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets (continued)

Estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years is as follows:

2011
  $ 671  
2012
    654  
2013
    565  
2014
    337  
2015
    198  

NOTE 17 – Other Comprehensive Income

Other comprehensive income components and related taxes were as follows:

   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Unrealized Holding Gains on Securities Available-for-Sale
  $ 891     $ 2,437     $ 2,506  
Reclassification Adjustments for (Gains) Losses Later Realized in Income
          423       (94 )
Net Unrealized Gains
    891       2,860       2,412  
Amortization of Amounts Included in Net Periodic Pension Costs
    22       13       11  
Unrecognized Loss on Pension
    (43 )     (91 )     (11 )
Unrecognized Gain (Loss) on Postretirement Benefits
    (293 )           238  
Tax Effect
    (292 )     (921 )     (894 )
Other Comprehensive Income
  $ 285     $ 1,861     $ 1,756  
 
The following is a summary of the accumulated other comprehensive income balances, net of tax:

   
Balance
   
Current
   
Balance
 
   
At
   
Period
   
at
 
   
12/31/2009
   
Change
   
12/31/2010
 
Unrealized Gains on Securities Available-for-Sale
  $ 4,616     $ 474     $ 5,090  
Unrecognized Loss on Pension Benefits
    (175 )     (13 )     (188 )
Unrecognized Gain (Loss) on Postretirement Benefits
    174       (176 )     (2 )
Total
  $ 4,615     $ 285     $ 4,900  

NOTE 18 – Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following table represents selected quarterly financial data for the Company:

   
Interest
   
Net Interest
   
Net
   
Earnings per Share
 
   
Income
   
Income
   
Income
   
Basic
   
Diluted
 
2010
                             
First Quarter
  $ 15,583     $ 11,649     $ 3,251     $ 0.29     $ 0.29  
Second Quarter
    15,941       11,915       3,408       0.31       0.31  
Third Quarter
    16,355       12,477       3,594       0.32       0.32  
Fourth Quarter
    16,314       12,630       3,152       0.28       0.28  
                                         
2009
                                       
First Quarter
  $ 15,857     $ 10,641     $ 2,942     $ 0.27     $ 0.27  
Second Quarter
    15,923       11,117       2,764       0.25       0.25  
Third Quarter
    16,159       11,481       3,191       0.29       0.29  
Fourth Quarter
    15,797       11,274       3,321       0.30       0.30  
 
 
73

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 19 – Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

Effective January 1, 2011, the Company acquired American Community Bancorp, Inc., and its subsidiaries, including the Bank of Evansville, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated October 4, 2010, as amended.  The acquisition was accomplished by the merger of American Community into the German American Bancorp, Inc., immediately followed by the merger of Bank of Evansville into German American Bancorp, Inc.’s bank subsidiary (German American Bancorp).  Bank of Evansville operated three banking offices in Evansville, Indiana.  American Community’s consolidated assets and equity (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 totaled $340.3 million and $18.4 million, respectively, and its consolidated net income (loss) (unaudited) totaled ($632) for the year ended December 31, 2010.  The acquired assets and liabilities will be recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition and will be reflected in the March 31, 2011 financial statements as such; however, at the time of these financial statements, the appraisals and valuations are incomplete.  The Company expects to record goodwill and a core deposit intangible in regards to this transaction based on earlier estimates, but the amount is not know as the initial fair value accounting is incomplete.  The goodwill will not be deductible for tax purposes.

Under the terms of the merger agreement, the Company issued approximately 1,449,000 shares of its common stock to the former shareholders of American Community.  Each American Community common shareholder of record at the effective time of the merger became entitled to receive 0.725 shares of common stock of the Company for each of their former shares of American Community common stock.
 
The Company at the effective time of the merger owned 199,939 shares of American Community’s outstanding common stock (approximately 9.1% of American Community’s common shares then outstanding).  All of these shares were cancelled at the effective time of the merger and were not exchanged for shares of the Company in the merger.

In connection with the closing of the merger American Community paid to its shareholders of record at the close of business on December 15, 2010, a special cash dividend of $2.00 per American Community share (an aggregate of $3,997,000 to shareholders other than the Company) and the Company paid (or accrued an obligation to pay in 2011) approximately $2,038,000 to persons who held in-the-money options and warrants to purchase American Community common stock (all of which rights were cancelled at the effective time and were not assumed by the Company).

This acquisition was consistent with the Company’s strategy to build a regional presence in Southern Indiana.  The acquisition offers the Company the opportunity to increase profitability by introducing existing products and services to the acquired customer base as well as add new customers in the expanded region.
 
 
74

 

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

Not Applicable.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of December 31, 2010, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting them to material information required to be included in the Company’s periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of systems of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective systems of disclosure controls and procedures can provide only reasonable assurances of achieving their control objectives.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting in Most Recent Fiscal Quarter
There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s fourth fiscal quarter of 2010 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010.  In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.  Based on our assessment and those criteria, management concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued their report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. That report is included in Item 8. Financial Statement and Supplementary Data of this Report under the heading, Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
Item 9B.   Other Information.
 
Not applicable.

 
75

 
 
PART III

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance.

Information relating to directors and executive officers of the Company will be included under the captions “Election of Directors” and “Our Executive Officers” in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held in May 2011, which will be filed within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Report (the “2011 Proxy Statement”), which sections are incorporated herein in partial response to this Item’s informational requirements.

Section 16(a) Compliance.   Information relating to Section 16(a) compliance will be included in the 2011 Proxy Statement under the caption of “Section 16(a):  Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Code of Business Conduct .   The Company’s Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Business Conduct, which constitutes a “code of ethics” as that term is defined by SEC rules adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOA”).  The Company has posted a copy of the Code of Business Conduct on its Internet website (www.germanamerican.com).  The Company intends to satisfy its disclosure requirements under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding certain amendments to, or waivers of, the Code of Business Conduct, by posting such information on its Internet website, except that waivers that must under NASDAQ rules be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K will be so filed.
 
Audit Committee Identification.   The Board of Directors of the Company has a separately-designated standing audit committee established in accordance with Section 3(a) (58) (A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The description of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, and the identification of its members, will be set forth in the 2011 Proxy Statement under the caption “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS”, which section is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Audit Committee Financial Expert.   The Board of Directors has determined that Richard E. Forbes, a director who serves on the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and who is an independent director as defined by NASDAQ listing standards, is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined by SEC rules adopted under SOA by reason of his experience as the former chief executive officer and former chief financial officer of a subsidiary of a Fortune 500 company.

Lack of Changes in Nominating/Governance Committee Procedures re Shareholder Recommendations of Nominees.   There has been no material change in the procedures by which the Company’s shareholders may recommend nominees for election to the Board of Directors of the Company that have been implemented since the last disclosure of such procedures in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders that was held in May 2010.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation.

Information relating to compensation of the Company’s executive officers and directors (including the required disclosures under the subheadings “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee Report”) will be included under the caption “Executive and Director Compensation” in the 2011 Proxy Statement of the Company, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and the directors and executive officers of the Company will be included under the captions “Ownership of Our Common Shares by Our Directors and Executive Officers” and “Principal Owners of Common Shares” of the 2011 Proxy Statement of the Company, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
76

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The Company maintains four plans under which it has authorized the issuance of its Common Shares to employees and non-employee directors as compensation:  its 1992 Stock Option Plan (under which no new grants may be made), its 1999 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (under which no new grants may be made), its 2009 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan, and its 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  Each of these four plans was approved by the requisite vote of the Company's common shareholders in the year of adoption by the Board of Directors.  The Company is not a party to any individual compensation arrangement involving the authorization for issuance of its equity securities to any single person, other than option agreements and restricted stock award agreements that have been granted under the terms of one of the four plans identified above.   The following table sets forth information regarding these plans as of December 31, 2010:

Plan Category
 
Number of Securities
to be Issued upon Exercise
of Outstanding Options,
Warrants or Rights
   
Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
   
Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected in
First Column)
 
                   
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
    136,051 (a)   $ 16.86       957,737 (b)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
                 
Total
    136,051     $ 16.86       957,737  

(a)
Does not include any shares that employees may have the right to purchase under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan in August 2011 in respect of employee payroll deductions of participating employees that had accumulated as of December 31, 2010 during the plan year that commenced in August 2010.  Although these employees have the right under this Plan to have their accumulated payroll deductions applied to the purchase of Common Shares at a discounted price in August 2011, the price at which such shares may be purchased and the number of shares that may be purchased under that Plan at that time is not presently determinable.

(b)
Represents 482,240 shares that the Company may in the future issue to employees under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (although the Company typically purchases the shares needed for sale to participating employees on the open market rather than issuing new issue shares to such employees) and 475,497 shares that were available for grant or issuance at December 31, 2010 under the 2009 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan.   Under the Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan, the aggregate number of Common Shares available for the grant of awards (subject to customary anti-dilution adjustment provisions) cumulatively following the adoption of the Plan in 2009 through the expiration of the Plan in 2019 may not exceed the sum of the following:  (a) 500,000 shares, plus (b) any shares exchanged by a participant as full or partial payment to the Company of the exercise price of an option granted to the participant under the Plan; plus (c) at the beginning of each calendar year, an additional number of shares (if any) equal to the number of shares that would result in the number of shares available for awards as of such date being equal to one percent (1%) of the total number of the Company's shares outstanding as of the immediately preceding December 31, on a fully-diluted basis.
 
For additional information regarding the Company’s equity incentive plans and employee stock purchase plan, see Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this Report.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Information responsive to this Item 13 will be included under the captions “Election of Directors” and “Transactions with Related Persons” of the 2011 Proxy Statement of the Company, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

Information responsive to this Item 14 will be included in the 2011 Proxy Statement under the caption “Principal Accountant Fees and Services”, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

 
77

 

PART IV

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)(1) Financial Statements

The following items are included in Item 8 of this Report:
   
Page #
German American Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries:
   
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    37
       
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2010 and 2009
    38
       
Consolidated Statements of Income, years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
    39
       
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
    40
       
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
    41
       
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
    42-74

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

None.

(a)(3)   Exhibits

The Exhibit Index, which index follows the signature page to this report and is hereby incorporated herein by reference, sets forth a list of those exhibits filed herewith, and includes and identifies management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this Form 10-K by Item 601 (b)(10)(iii) of Regulation S-K.

In reviewing any agreements included as exhibits to this report, please remember that they are included to provide you with information regarding their terms and are not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about us or the other parties to the agreements. The agreements may contain representations and warranties by the parties to the agreements, including us. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and:

·      should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate;
·      may have been qualified by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement;
·      may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be viewed as material to you or other investors; and
·      were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments.

Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

 
78

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

   
GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP, INC.
   
(Registrant)
     
Date:
March 9, 2011
 
By/s/Mark A. Schroeder
 
   
Mark A. Schroeder, Chairman and
   
Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Date:
March 9, 2011
 
By/s/Mark A. Schroeder
 
   
Mark A. Schroeder, Chairman and Chief Executive
   
Officer (principal executive officer), Director
     
Date:
March 9, 2011
 
By/s/Douglas A. Bawel
 
   
Douglas A. Bawel, Director
     
Date:
March 9, 2011
 
By/s/Christina M. Ernst
 
   
Christina M. Ernst, Director
     
Date:
March 9, 2011
 
By/s/Marc D. Fine
 
   
Marc D. Fine, Director
     
Date:
March 9, 2011
 
By/s/Richard E. Forbes
 
   
Richard E. Forbes, Director
     
Date:
March 9, 2011
 
By/s/U. Butch Klem
 
   
U. Butch Klem, Director
     
Date:
March 9, 2011
 
By/s/J. David Lett
 
   
J. David Lett, Director
     
Date:
March 9, 2011
 
By/s/Gene C. Mehne
 
   
Gene C. Mehne, Director
     
Date:
March 9, 2011
 
By/s/Chris A. Ramsey
 
   
Chris A. Ramsey, Director
     
Date:
March 9, 2011
 
By/s/Thomas W. Seger
 
   
Thomas W. Seger, Director
     
Date:
March 9, 2011
 
By/s/Michael J. Voyles
 
   
Michael J. Voyles, Director
     
Date:
March 9, 2011
 
By/s/Bradley M. Rust
 
   
Bradley M. Rust, Executive Vice President and
   
Chief Financial Officer (principal accounting officer
   
and principal financial officer)
 
 
79

 

INDEX OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit No.
 
Description
2.1
 
Branch Purchase Agreement between German American Bancorp, as Buyer, Farmers State Bank of Alto Pass, Ill., as Seller, and Farmers State Holding Corp., as the Seller Affiliate, dated February 17, 2010.  The copy of this exhibit filed as Exhibit 2 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 is incorporated herein by reference.  Schedules identified in the list of Schedules to this Agreement are not filed as part of this Exhibit, but the Registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission supplementally any omitted schedule upon request.
2.2
 
Bill of Sale and Assignment between German American Bancorp, as Buyer, and Farmers State Bank of Alto Pass, Ill., as Seller, dated May 7, 2010.  The copy of this exhibit filed as Exhibit 2.2 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 is incorporated herein by reference.
2.3
 
Assignment and Assumption Agreement between German American Bancorp, as Assignee, and Farmers State Bank of Alto Pass, Ill., as Assignor, dated May 7, 2010.  The copy of this exhibit filed as Exhibit 2.3 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 is incorporated herein by reference.
2.4
 
Limited Warranty Deed granted by Farmers State Bank of Alto Pass, Ill., to German American Bancorp, dated May 7, 2010.  The copy of this exhibit filed as Exhibit 2.4 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 is incorporated herein by reference.
2.5
 
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among the Registrant, American Community Bancorp, Inc., Bank of Evansville, and German American Bancorp, dated October 4, 2010, as amended by First Amendment of Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated October 27, 2010.  The copy of this exhibit included as Annex A to the proxy statement/prospectus included in Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed November 15, 2010 (File No. 333-170068) is incorporated herein by reference.  Schedules identified in the list of Schedules to this Agreement are not filed as part of this Exhibit, but the Registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission supplementally any omitted schedule upon request.
3.1
 
Restatement of the Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3 to the Registrant's Current Report on 8-K filed May 22, 2006.
3.2
 
Restated Bylaws of German American Bancorp, Inc., as amended and restated July 27, 2009.  The copy of this exhibit filed as Exhibit 3 to the current report on Form 8-K of the Registrant filed July 31, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference.
4.1
 
No long-term debt instrument issued by the Registrant exceeds 10% of consolidated total assets or is registered.  In accordance with paragraph 4 (iii) of Item 601(b) of Regulation S-K, the Registrant will furnish the Securities and  Exchange Commission copies of long-term debt instruments and related agreements upon request.
4.2
 
Terms of Common Shares and Preferred Shares of the Registrant (included in Restatement of Articles of Incorporation) are incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3 to the Registrant's Current  Report on 8-K  filed May 22, 2006.
 
 
80

 

4.3
 
Indenture dated as of April 30, 2009 by and between Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and German American Bancorp, Inc., including Exhibit A thereto the form of the certificate for the 8% redeemable subordinated debentures due 2019 issued thereunder.  This exhibit is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 4, 2009.
4.4
 
Specimen stock certificate for Common Shares of the Registrant is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 21, 2010.
10.1*
 
The Registrant’s 1992 Stock Option Plan, as amended, is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed October 14, 1998.
10.2*
 
Form of Director Deferred Compensation Agreement between The German American Bank and certain of its Directors is incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed January 21, 1993 (the Agreement entered into by former director George W. Astrike, a copy of which was filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed January 21, 1993, is substantially identical to the Agreements entered into by the other Directors, some of whom remain directors of the Registrant). The schedule following such Exhibit 10.4 lists the Agreements with the other Directors and sets forth the material detail in which such Agreements differ from the Agreement filed as such Exhibit 10.4.
10.3*
 
The Registrant’s 1999 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan , as amended through February 22, 2008 is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 .
10.4*
 
The Registrant’s 1999 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan, as amended through February 22, 2008 is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.
10.5*+
 
Basic Plan Document for the Registrant’s Nonqualified Savings Plan.
10.6*+
 
Adoption Agreement for the Registrant’s Nonqualified Savings Plan dated August 17, 2004.
10.7*+
 
First Amendment to the Registrant’s Nonqualified Savings Plan dated August 17, 2004.
10.8*+
 
Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement (new grant, five-year expiration, five year 20% vesting) typically issued during 2005 and prior periods to executive officers and other key employees as incentives.
10.9*+
 
Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement (Replacement Grant) typically issued during 2005 and prior periods to persons who exercise other stock options using common shares as payment for the exercise price (one year vesting).
10.10*+
 
Form of Non-Employee Director Stock Option Agreement (new grant, ten year expiration, no vesting) that in prior periods was typically issued to non-employee members of the Board of Directors as part of annual director fee retainer (not Incentive Stock Option for tax purposes).
10.11*+
 
Form of Employee Director Stock Option Agreement (new grant, ten year expiration, no vesting) that in prior periods was typically issued to employee members of the Board of Directors as part of annual director fee retainer (intended to be Incentive Stock Option for tax purposes) .
 
 
81

 

10.12*
 
Description of Director Compensation Arrangements for the 12 month period ending at the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008.
10.13*
 
Description of Director Compensation Arrangements for the 12 month period ending at the 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders   is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009.
10.14*
 
Description of Director Compensation Arrangements for the 12 month period ending at 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated by reference from the description included as Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 4, 2011.
10.15*
 
Description of Executive Management Incentive Plan for 2008 (awards payable in 2009) is incorporated by reference from the description contained in Item 5.02 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 28, 2008,   and by reference to the description contained in Item 5.02 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 28, 2009.
10.16*
 
Description of Executive Management Incentive Plan for 2009 (awards payable in 2010) is incorporated by reference from the description contained in Item 5.02 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 28, 2009, and by reference to the description contained in Item 5.02 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 5, 2010 (as amended by Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 31, 2010).
10.17*
 
Description of Executive Management Incentive Plan for 2010 (awards payable in 2011) is incorporated by reference from the description contained in Item 5.02 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 5, 2010.
10.18*
 
Executive Supplemental Retirement Income Agreement dated October 1, 1996, between First Federal Bank, F.S.B. and Bradley M. Rust as amended by a First Amendment between Bradley M. Rust and the Registrant dated December 30, 2008, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2009.
10.19*
 
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement that evidences the terms of awards of restricted stock grants and related cash entitlements granted under the 1999 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 17, 2006.
10.20*
 
Resolutions of Stock Option Committee of Board of Directors of the Registrant amending outstanding stock options by accelerating in full all vesting periods and exercise date restrictions and terminating replacement stock option privileges in connection with future option exercises, adopted by written consent effective December 29, 2005, is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.
10.21
 
Second Amended and Restated Loan and Subordinated Debenture Purchase Agreement dated as of December 29, 2006, by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and German American Bancorp, Inc.,   is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant's Current  Report on 8-K  filed January 5, 2007.
10.22
 
Agreed Upon Terms and Procedures dated December 29, 2006, executed and delivered by German American Bancorp, Inc. to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant's Current  Report on 8-K  filed January 5, 2007.
 
 
82

 

10.23
 
Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Subordinated Debenture Purchase Agreement dated as of December 29, 2006, by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and German American Bancorp, Inc., dated September 28, 2007,   is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99 to the Registrant ' s Current  Report on 8-K  filed October 1, 2007.
10.24
 
Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Subordinated Debenture Purchase Agreement dated as of December 29, 2006, by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and German American Bancorp, Inc., dated September 30, 2008, is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008.
10.25
 
Third Amendment dated March 20, 2009, to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Subordinated Debenture Purchase Agreement dated as of December 29, 2006, by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and German American Bancorp, Inc., is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009.
10.26
 
Fourth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Subordinated Debenture Purchase Agreement dated as of December 10, 2009, by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and German American Bancorp, Inc. is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 15, 2009.
10.27
 
Fifth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Subordinated Debenture Purchase Agreement dated as of November 23, 2010, by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and German American Bancorp, Inc. is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 29, 2010.
10.28*
 
German American Bancorp, Inc., 2009 Long Term Equity Incentive Plan. This exhibit is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-160749)  filed July 23, 2009.
10.29*
 
German American Bancorp, Inc., 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.   This exhibit is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-160749)  filed July 23, 2009.
10.30*
 
Early Retirement and General Release Agreement dated May 7, 2008 between German American Bancorp and Stan Ruhe, is incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008.
10.31
 
Branch Purchase Agreement between German American Bancorp, as Buyer, Farmers State Bank of Alto Pass, Ill., as Seller and Farmers State Holding Corp., as the Seller Affiliate, dated February 17, 2010.  The copy of this exhibit filed as Exhibit 2 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 is incorporated herein by reference.
10.32
 
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among the Registrant, American Community Bancorp, Inc., Bank of Evansville, and German American Bancorp, dated October 4, 2010, as amended by First Amendment of Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated October 27, 2010.  The copy of this exhibit is included as Annex A to the proxy statement/prospectus included in Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed November 15, 2010 (File No. 333-170068) is incorporated herein by reference.
21+
 
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23+
 
Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP
31.1+
 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Section 302 Certification for President and Chief Executive Officer.
31.2+
 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Section 302 Certification for Executive Vice President (Principal Financial Officer).
32.1+
 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Section 906 Certification for President and Chief Executive Officer.
32.2+
  
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Section 906 Certification for Executive Vice President (Principal Financial Officer).

*Exhibits that describe or evidence all management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this Report are indicated by an asterisk.
+ Exhibits that are filed with this Report (other than through incorporation by reference to other disclosures or exhibits) are indicated by a plus sign.

 
83

 

GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP, INC.  WILL FURNISH TO ANY SHAREHOLDER AS OF MARCH 1, 2011 A COPY OF ANY OF THE ABOVE-LISTED EXHIBITS UPON THE PAYMENT OF A CHARGE OF $.50 PER PAGE IN ORDER TO DEFRAY ITS EXPENSES IN PROVIDING SUCH EXHIBIT.  SUCH REQUEST SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP, INC., ATTN: TERRI A. ECKERLE, SHAREHOLDER RELATIONS, P.O. BOX 810, JASPER, INDIANA, 47546.
 
 
84

 
 
Exhibit 10.5
 
The CORPORATE plan for Retirement SM
EXECUTIVE P LAN
 
BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT
 
IMPORTANT NOTE
 
This document has not been approved by the Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service or any other governmental entity. An Adopting Employer must determine whether the plan is subject to the Federal securities laws and the securities laws of the various states. An Adopting Employer may not rely on this document to ensure any particular tax consequences or to ensure that the Plan is "unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees" under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act with respect to the Employer's particular situation. Fidelity Management Trust Company, its affiliates and employees cannot provide you with legal advice in connection with the execution of this document. This document should be reviewed by the Employer's attorney prior to execution.
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
Page
     
ARTICLE 1
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
     
ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS
         2.01
Definitions
     
ARTICLE 3
PARTICIPATION
         3.01
Date of Participation
         3.02
Resumption of Participation Following Reemployment
         3.03
Cessation or Resumption of Participation Following a Change in Status
     
ARTICLE 4
CONTRIBUTIONS
         4.01
Deferral Contributions
         4.02
Matching Contributions
         4.03
Employer Contributions
         4.04
Time of Making Contributions
     
ARTICLE 5
PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS
         5.01
Individual Accounts
     
ARTICLE 6
INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS
         6.01
Manner of Investment
         6.02
Investment Decisions
     
ARTICLE 7
RIGHT TO BENEFITS
         7.01
Normal or Early Retirement
         7.02
Death
         7.03
Other Termination of Employment
         7.04
Separate Account
         7.05
Forfeitures
         7.06
Adjustment for Investment Experience
         7.07
Unforeseeable Emergency Withdrawals
         7.08
Change in Control
     
ARTICLE 8
DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
         8.01
Form of Distribution of Benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries
         8.02
Events Requiring Distribution of Benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries
         8.03
Determination of Method of Distribution
10 
         8.04
Notice to Trustee
10 
         8.05
Time of Distribution
10 
 
 
- i -

 
 
   
Page
     
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
11 
         9.01
Amendment by Employer
11 
         9.02
Retroactive Amendments
11 
         9.03
Termination. The Employer has adopted the Plan with the intention and expectation that contributions will be continued indefinitely
11 
         9.04
Distribution upon Termination of the Plan
11 
     
ARTICLE 10
MISCELLANEOUS
11 
         10.01
Communication to Participants
11 
         10.02
Limitation of Rights
11 
         10.03
Nonalienability of Benefits
12 
         10.04
Facility of Payment
12 
         10.05
Information between Employer and Trustee
12 
         10.06
Notices
12 
         10.07
Governing Law
12 
     
ARTICLE 11
PLAN ADMINISTRATION
12 
         11.01
Powers and Responsibilities of the Administrator
12 
         11.02
Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority
13 
         11.03
Claims and Review Procedures
13 
         11.04
Costs of Administration
15 
 
 
- ii -

 
 
PREAMBLE
 
It is the intention of the Employer to establish herein an unfunded plan maintained solely for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees as provided in ERISA.
 
ARTICLE 1
 
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
 
ARTICLE 2
 
DEFINITIONS
 
2.01.       Definitions .
 
(a)         Wherever used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:
 
(1)         “Account” means an account established on the books of the Employer for the purpose of recording amounts credited on behalf of a Participant and any income, expenses, gains or losses included thereon.
 
(2)         “Administrator” means the Employer adopting this Plan, or other person designated by the Employer in Section 1.01(b).
 
(3)         “Adoption Agreement” means Article 1, under which the Employer establishes and adopts or amends the Plan and designates the optional provisions selected by the Employer. The provisions of the Adoption Agreement shall be an integral part of the Plan.
 
(4)         “Beneficiary” means the person or persons entitled under Section 7.02 to receive benefits under the Plan upon the death of a Participant.

(5)         “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
 
(6)         “Compensation” means for purposes of Article 4 (Contributions) wages as defined in Section 3 401 (a) of the Code and all other payments of compensation to an employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the employee a written statement under Section 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3) of the Code, excluding any items elected by the Employer in Section 1.04, reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits, but including amounts that are not includable in the gross income of the Participant under a salary reduction agreement by reason of the application of Sections 125, 402(a)(8), or 403 (b) of the Code. Compensation shall be determined without regard to any rules under Section 3401(a) of the Code that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code).
 
Compensation shall also include amounts deferred pursuant to an election under Section 4.01.

In the case of any Self-Employed Individual or an Owner-Employee, Compensation means the Self-Employed Individual’s Earned Income.

(7)         “Earned Income” means the net earnings of a Self-Employed Individual derived from the trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established and for which the personal services of such individual are a material income-providing factor, excluding any items not included in gross income and the deductions allocated to such items, except that for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989 net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction allowed under Section 164(f) of the Code, to the extent applicable to the Employer. Net earnings shall be reduced by contributions of the Employer to any qualified plan, to the extent a deduction is allowed to the Employer for such contributions under Section 404 of the Code.
 
(8)         “Employee” means any employee of the Employer, Self-Employed Individual or Owner-Employee.
 
(9)         “Employer” means the employer named in Section 1.02(a) and any Related Employers designated in Section 1.02(b).
 
(10)       “Employment Commencement Date” means the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service.
 
(11)       “Entry Date” means the date(s) designated in Section 1.03(b).
 
(12)       “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as from time to time amended.
 
(13)       “Fund Share” means the share, unit, or other evidence of ownership in a Permissible Investment.
 
(14)       “Hour of Service” means, with respect to any Employee,
 
(A)         Each hour for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer or a Related Employer, each such hour to be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties were performed;
 
 
- 1 -

 
 
(B)         Each hour for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer or Related Employer (including payments made or due from a trust fund or insurer to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums) on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity, disability, layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence, each such hour to be credited to the Employee for the Eligibility Computation Period in which such period of time occurs, subject to the following rules:
 
(i)         No more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this paragraph (B) on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties;
 
(ii)        Hours of Service shall not be credited under this paragraph (B) for a payment which solely reimburses the Employee for medically-related expenses, or which is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workmen’s compensation, unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and
 
(iii)       If the period during which the Employee performs no duties falls within two or more computation periods and if the payment made on account of such period is not calculated on the basis of units of time, the Hours of Service credited with respect to such period shall be allocated between not more than the first two such computation periods on any reasonable basis consistently applied with respect to similarly situated Employees; and
 
(C)         Each hour not counted under paragraph (A) or (B) for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to be paid by the Employer or a Related Employer, each such hour to be credited to the Employee for the computation period to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award agreement or payment is made.
 
For purposes of determining Hours of Service, Employees of the Employer and of all Related Employers will be treated as employed by a single employer. For purposes of paragraphs (B) and (C) above, Hours of Service will be calculated in accordance with the provisions of Section 2530.200b-2(b) of the Department of Labor regulations, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Solely for purposes of determining whether a break in service for participation purposes has occurred in a computation period, an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall receive credit for the hours of service which would otherwise been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, 8 hours of service per day of such absence. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of a birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. The hours of service credited under this paragraph shall be credited (1) in the computation period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a break in service in that period, or (2) in all other cases, in the following computation period.
 
 
- 2 -

 
 
(15)         “Normal Retirement Age” means the normal retirement age specified in Section 1.07(f) of the Adoption Agreement.
 
(16)         “Owner-Employee” means, if the Employer is a sole proprietorship, the individual who is the sole proprietor, or, if the Employer is a partnership, a partner who owns more than 10 percent of either the capital interest or the profits interest of the partnership.
 
(17)         “Participant” means any Employee who participates in the Plan in accordance with Article 3 hereof.
 
(18)         “Permissible Investment” means the investments specified by the Employer as available for investment of assets of the Trust and agreed to by the Trustee. The Permissible Investments under the Plan shall be listed in the Service Agreement.

(19)         “Plan” means the plan established by the Employer as set forth herein as a new plan or as an amendment to an existing plan, by executing the Adoption Agreement, together with any and all amendments hereto.
 
(20)         “Plan Year” means the 12-consecutive-month period designated by the Employer in Section 1.01(d).
 
(21)         “Related Employer” means any employer other than the Employer named in Section 1.02(a), if the Employer and such other employer are members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code) or an affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m)), or are trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control (as defined in Section 414(c)), or such other employer is required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations issued under Section 414(o).
 
(22)         “Self-Employed Individual” means an individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year from the Employer or who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year.
 
(23)         “Service Agreement” means the agreement between the Employer and Trustee regarding the arrangement between the parties for recordkeeping services with respect to the Plan.

(24)         “Trust” means the trust created by the Employer.
 
 
- 3 -

 
 
(25)         “Trust Agreement” means the agreement between the Employer and the Trustee, as set forth in a separate agreement, under which assets are held, administered, and managed subject to the claims of the Employer’s creditors in the event of the Employer’s insolvency, until paid to Plan Participants and their Beneficiaries as specified in the Plan.
 
(26)         “Trust Fund” means the property held in the Trust by the Trustee.
 
(27)         “Trustee” means the corporation or individual(s) appointed by the Employer to administer the Trust in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

(28)         “Years of Service for Vesting” means, with respect to any Employee, the number of whole years of his periods of service with the Employer or a Related Employer (the elapsed time method to compute vesting service), subject to any exclusions elected by the Employer in Section 1.07(c). An Employee will receive credit for the aggregate of all time period(s) commencing with the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date and ending on the date a break in service begins, unless any such years are excluded by Section 1.07(c). An Employee will also receive credit for any period of severance of less than 12 consecutive months. Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of days.
 
In the case of a Participant who has 5 consecutive 1-year breaks in service, all years of service after such breaks in service will be disregarded for the purpose of vesting the Employer-derived account balance that accrued before such breaks, but both pre-break and post-break service will count for the purposes of vesting the Employer-derived account balance that accrues after such breaks. Both accounts will share in the earnings and losses of the fund.
 
In the case of a Participant who does not have 5 consecutive 1-year breaks in service, both the pre-break and post-break service will count in vesting both the pre-break and post-break employer-derived account balance.
 
A break in service is a period of severance of at least 12 consecutive months. Period of severance is a continuous period of time during which the Employee is not employed by the Employer. Such period begins on the date the Employee retires, quits or is discharged, or if earlier, the 12-month anniversary of the date on which the Employee was otherwise first absent from service.
 
In the case of an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first date of such absence shall not constitute a break in service. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.
 
 
- 4 -

 
 
If the Plan maintained by the Employer is the plan of a predecessor employer, an Employee’s Years of Service for Vesting shall include years of service with such predecessor employer. In any case in which the Plan maintained by the Employer is not the plan maintained by a predecessor employer, service for such predecessor shall be treated as service for the Employer to the extent provided in Section 1.08.
 
(b)         Pronouns used in the Plan are in the masculine gender but include the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
 
ARTICLE 3
 
PARTICIPATION
 
3.01.         Date of Participation .  An eligible Employee (as set forth in Section 1.03(a)) who has filed an election pursuant to Section 4.01 will become a Participant in the Plan on the first Entry Date coincident with or following the date on which such election would otherwise become effective, as determined under Section 4.01.
 
3.02.         Resumption of Participation Following Reemployment .  If a Participant ceases to be an Employee and thereafter returns to the employ of the Employer he will again become a Participant as of an Entry Date following the date on which he completes an Hour of Service for the Employer following his reemployment, if he is an eligible Employee as defined in Section 1.03(a), and has filed an election pursuant to Section 4.01.
 
3.03.         Cessation or Resumption of Participation Following a Change in Status .  If any Participant continues in the employ of the Employer or Related Employer but ceases to be an eligible Employee as defined in Section 1.03(a), the individual shall continue to be a Participant until the entire amount of his benefit is distributed; however, the individual shall not be entitled to make Deferral Contributions or receive an allocation of Matching contributions during the period that he is not an eligible Employee. Such Participant shall continue to receive credit for service completed during the period for purposes of determining his vested interest in his Accounts. In the event that the individual subsequently again becomes an eligible Employee, the individual shall resume full participation in accordance with Section 3.01.
 
ARTICLE 4
 
CONTRIBUTIONS
 
4.01.         Deferral Contributions .  Each Participant may elect to execute a salary reduction agreement with the Employer to reduce his Compensation by a specified percentage, not exceeding the percentage set forth in Section 1.05(a) and equal to a whole number multiple of one (1) percent, per payroll period, subject to any election regarding bonuses, as set out in Subsection 1.05(a)(2). Such agreement shall become effective on the first day of the period as set forth in the Participant’s election. The election will be effective to defer Compensation relating to all services performed in a calendar year subsequent to the filing of such an election, subject to any election regarding bonuses, as set out in Subsection 1.05(a)(2). An election once made will remain in effect until a new election is made, provided, however that such an election choosing a distribution date pursuant to 1.06(b)(1)(B) will become ineffective the first day of the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which the election requires the distribution to be made. A new election will be effective as of the first day of the following calendar year and will apply only to Compensation payable with respect to services rendered after such date. Amounts credited to a Participant’s account prior to the effective date of any new election will not be affected and will be paid in accordance with that prior election. The Employer shall credit an amount to the account maintained on behalf of the Participant corresponding to the amount of said reduction. Under no circumstances may a salary reduction agreement be adopted retroactively. A Participant may revoke a salary reduction agreement for a calendar year during that year, provided, however, that such revocation shall apply only to Compensation not yet earned. In that event, the Participant shall be precluded from electing to defer future Compensation hereunder during the calendar year to which the revocation applies. Notwithstanding the above,
 
 
- 5 -

 
 
(a)         in the calendar year in which the Plan first becomes effective or in the year in which the Participant first becomes eligible to participate, an election to defer compensation may be made within 30 days after the Participant is first eligible or the Plan is first effective, which election shall be effective with respect to Compensation payable with respect to services rendered after the date of the election; and
 
(b)         in the event the Employer has elected to permit the deferral of bonus payments hereunder, a salary reduction agreement applicable to such bonus deferral must be made in the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year to which the bonus relates.
 
4.02.         Matching Contributions .  If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.05(b), the Employer shall make a “Matching Contribution” to be credited to the account maintained on behalf of each Participant who had “Deferral Contributions” pursuant to Section 4.01 made on his behalf during the year and who meets the requirement, if any, of Section 1.05(b)(3). The amount of the “Matching Contribution” shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.05(b).
 
4.03.         Employer Contributions .  If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.05(c)(1), the Employer shall make an “Employer Contribution” to be credited to the account maintained on behalf of each Participant who meets the requirement, if any, of Section 1.05(c)(3) in the amount required by Section 1.05(c)(1). If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.05(c)(2), the Employer may make an “Employer Contribution” to be credited to the account maintained on behalf of any Participant in such an amount as the Employer, in its sole discretion, shall determine. In making “Employer Contributions” pursuant to Section 1.05(c)(2), the Employer shall not be required to treat all Participants in the same manner in determining such contributions and may determine the “Employer Contribution” of any Participant to be zero.
 
4.04.         Time of Making Contributions .  The Employer shall remit contributions deemed made hereunder to the Trust as soon as practicable after such contributions are deemed made under the terms of the Plan.
 
 
- 6 -

 
 
ARTICLE 5
 
PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS
 
5.01.         Individual Accounts . The Administrator will establish and maintain an Account for each Participant, which will reflect Matching and Deferral Contributions credited to the Account on behalf of the Participant and earnings, expenses, gains and losses credited thereto, and deemed investments made with amounts in the Participant’s Account. The Administrator will establish and maintain such other accounts and records as it decides in its discretion to be reasonably required or appropriate in order to discharge its duties under the Plan. Participants will be furnished statements of their Account values at least once each Plan Year. The Administrator shall provide the Trustee with information on the amount credited to the separate account of each Participant maintained by the Administrator in its records.
 
ARTICLE 6
 
INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS
 
6.01.         Manner of Investment .  All amounts credited to the Accounts of Participants shall be treated as though invested and reinvested only in eligible investments selected by the Employer in the Service Agreement.
 
6.02.         Investment Decisions .  Investments in which the Accounts of Participants shall be treated as invested and reinvested shall be directed by the Employer or by each Participant, or both, in accordance with the Employer’s election in Section 1.11(a).
 
(a)         All dividends, interest, gains and distributions of any nature that would be earned in respect of Fund Shares in which the Account is treated as investing shall be credited to the Account as though reinvested in additional shares of that Permissible Investment.
 
(b)         Expenses that would be attributable to the acquisition of investments shall be charged to the Account of the Participant for which such investment is treated as having been made.
 
ARTICLE 7
 
RIGHT TO BENEFITS
 
7.01.         Normal or Early Retirement .  If provided by the Employer in Section 1.07(e), each Participant who attains his Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age will have a nonforfeitable interest in his Account in accordance with the vesting schedule(s) elected in Section 1.07. If a Participant retires on or after attainment of Normal or Early Retirement Age, such retirement is referred to as a normal retirement. On or after his normal retirement, the balance of the Participant’s Account, plus any amounts thereafter credited to his Account, subject to the provisions of Section 7.06, will be distributed to him in accordance with Article 8.
 
 
- 7 -

 
 
If provided by the Employer in Section 1.07, a Participant who separates from service before satisfying the age requirements for early retirement, but has satisfied the service requirement will be entitled to the distribution of his Account, subject to the provisions of Section 7.06, in accordance with Article 8, upon satisfaction of such age requirement.
 
7.02.         Death .  If a Participant dies before the distribution of his Account has commenced, or before such distribution has been completed, his Account shall become vested in accordance with the vesting schedule(s) elected in Section 1.07 and his designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries will be entitled to receive the balance or remaining balance of his Account, plus any amounts thereafter credited to his Account, subject to the provisions of Section 7.06. Distribution to the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries will be made in accordance with Article 8.
 
A Participant may designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, or change any prior designation of Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, by giving notice to the Administrator on a form designated by the Administrator. If more than one person is designated as the Beneficiary, their respective interests shall be as indicated on the designation form.
 
A copy of the death certificate or other sufficient documentation must be filed with and approved by the Administrator. If upon the death of the Participant there is, in the opinion of the Administrator, no designated Beneficiary for part or all of the Participant’s Account, such amount will be paid to his surviving spouse or, if none, to his estate (such spouse or estate shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary for purposes of the Plan). If a Beneficiary dies after benefits to such Beneficiary have commenced, but before they have been completed, and, in the opinion of the Administrator, no person has been designated to receive such remaining benefits, then such benefits shall be paid to the deceased Beneficiary’s estate.
 
7.03.         Other Termination of Employment .  If provided by the Employer in Section 1.07, if a Participant terminates his employment for any reason other than death or normal retirement, he will be entitled to a termination benefit equal to (i) the vested percentage(s) of the value of the Matching Contributions to his Account, as adjusted for income, expense, gain, or loss, such percentage(s) determined in accordance with the vesting schedule(s) selected by the Employer in Section 1.07, and (ii) the value of the Deferral Contributions to his Account as adjusted for income, expense, gain or loss. The amount payable under this Section 7.03 will be subject to the provisions of Section 7.06 and will be distributed in accordance with Article 8.
 
7.04.         Separate Account .  If a distribution from a Participant’s Account has been made to him at a time when he has a nonforfeitable right to less than 100 percent of his Account, the vesting schedule in Section 1.07 will thereafter apply only to amounts in his Account attributable to Matching Contributions allocated after such distribution. The balance of his Account immediately after such distribution will be transferred to a separate account that will be maintained for the purpose of determining his interest therein according to the following provisions.
 
At any relevant time prior to a forfeiture of any portion thereof under Section 7.05, a Participant’s nonforfeitable interest in his Account held in a separate account described in the preceding paragraph will be equal to P(AB + (RxD))-(RxD), where P is the nonforfeitable percentage at the relevant time determined under Section 7.05; AB is the account balance of the separate account at the relevant time; D is the amount of the distribution; and R is the ratio of the account balance at the relevant time to the account balance after distribution. Following a forfeiture of any portion of such separate account under Section 7.05 below, any balance in the Participant’s separate account will remain fully vested and nonforfeitable.
 
 
- 8 -

 
  
7.05.         Forfeitures .  If a Participant terminates his employment, any portion of his Account (including any amounts credited after his termination of employment) not payable to him under Section 7.03 will be forfeited by him.
 
7.06.         Adjustment for Investment Experience .  If any distribution under this Article 7 is not made in a single payment, the amount remaining in the Account after the distribution will be subject to adjustment until distributed to reflect the income and gain or loss on the investments in which such amount is treated as invested and any expenses properly charged under the Plan to such amounts.
 
7.07.         Unforeseeable Emergency Withdrawals .  Subject to the provisions of Article 8, a Participant shall not be permitted to withdraw his Account (and earnings thereon) prior to retirement or termination of employment, except that, to the extent permitted under Section 1.09, a Participant may apply to the Administrator to withdraw some or all of his Account if such withdrawal is made on account of a unforeseeable emergency as determined by the Administrator.
 
7.08.         Change in Control .  If the Employer has elected to apply Section 1.06(c), then, upon a Change in Control, as defined in Section 1.12, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all Participants shall have a nonforfeitable right to receive the entire amount of their account balances under the Plan and all such amounts shall be paid out to Participants as soon as administratively practicable.
 
ARTICLE 8
 
DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
 
8.01.         Form of Distribution of Benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries .  The Plan provides for distribution as a lump sum to be paid in cash on the date specified by the Employer in Section 1.06 pursuant to the method provided in Section 8.02. If elected by the Employer in Section 1.10 and specified in the Participant’s deferral election, the distribution will be paid through a systematic withdrawal plan (installments) for a time period not exceeding 10 years beginning on the date specified by the Employer in Section 1.06.
 
8.02.         Events Requiring Distribution of Benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries .
 
(a)         If elected by the Employer in Section 1.06(a), the Participant will receive a distribution upon the earliest of the events specified by the Employer in Section 1.06(a), subject to the provisions of Section 7.08, and at the time indicated in Section 1.06(a)(2). If the Participant dies before any event in Section 1.06(a) occurs, the Participant shall be considered to have terminated employment and the Participant’s benefit will be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the same form and at the same time as it would have been paid to the Participant pursuant to this Article 8.
 
 
- 9 -

 
 
(b)         If elected by the Employer in Section 1.06(b), the Participant will receive a distribution of all amounts not deferred pursuant to Section 1.06(b)(1)(B) (and earnings attributable to those amounts) upon termination of employment. If elected by the Employer in Section 1.06(b)(1)(B), the Participant shall have the election to receive distributions of amounts deferred pursuant to Section 4.01 (and earnings attributable to those amounts) after a date specified by the Participant in his deferral election which is at least 12 months after the first day of the calendar year in which such amounts would be earned. Amounts distributed to the Participant pursuant to Section 1.06(b) shall be distributed at the time indicated in Section 1.06(b)(2). Subject to the provisions of Section 7.08, the Participant shall receive a distribution in the form provided in Section 8.01. If the Participant dies before any event in Section 1.06(a) occurs, the Participant shall be considered to have terminated employment and the Participant’s benefit will be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the same form and at the same time as it would have been paid to the Participant pursuant to this Article 8. However, if the Participant dies before the date specified by the Participant in an election pursuant to Section 1.06(b)(1)(B), then the Participant’s benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the form provided in Section 8.01 as if the Participant had elected to be paid at termination of employment.
 
8.03.         Determination of Method of Distribution .  The Participant will determine the method of distribution of benefits to himself and his Beneficiary, subject to the provisions of Section 8.02. Such determination will be made at the time the Participant makes a deferral election. Unless the Employer has elected Section 1.06(b) to control distributions, the period certain specified in a Participant’s first deferral election specifying distribution under a systematic withdrawal plan shall apply to all subsequent elections of distributions under a systematic withdrawal plan made by the Participant. Once a Participant has made an election for the method of distribution, that election shall be effective for all contributions made on behalf of the Participant attributable to any Plan Year after that election was made and before the Plan Year in which that election was altered in the manner prescribed by the Administrator. If the Participant does not designate in the manner prescribed by the Administrator the method of distribution to him and his Beneficiary, the method of distribution shall be a lump sum at termination of employment.
 
8.04.         Notice to Trustee .  The Administrator will notify the Trustee, pursuant to the method stated in the Trust Agreement for providing direction, whenever any Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to receive benefits under the Plan. The Administrator’s notice shall indicate the form, amount and frequency of benefits that such Participant or Beneficiary shall receive.
 
8.05.         Time of Distribution .  In no event will distribution to a Participant be made later than the date specified by the Participant in his salary reduction agreement. All distributions will be made as soon as administratively feasible following the distribution date specified in Section 1.06 or Section 7.08, if applicable.
 
 
- 10 -

 
 
ARTICLE 9
 
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
 
9.01.         Amendment by Employer .  The Employer reserves the authority to amend the Plan by filing with the Trustee an amended Adoption Agreement, executed by the Employer only, on which said Employer has indicated a change or changes in provisions previously elected by it. Such changes are to be effective on the effective date of such amended Adoption Agreement. Any such change notwithstanding, no Participant’s Account shall be reduced by such change below the amount to which the Participant would have been entitled if he had voluntarily left the employ of the Employer immediately prior to the date of the change. The Employer may from time to time make any amendment to the Plan that may be necessary to satisfy the Code or ERISA. The Employer’s board of directors or other individual specified in the resolution adopting this Plan shall act on behalf of the Employer for purposes of this Section 9.01.
 
9.02.         Retroactive Amendments .  An amendment made by the Employer in accordance with Section 9.01 may be made effective on a date prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which it is adopted if such amendment is necessary or appropriate to enable the Plan and Trust to satisfy the applicable requirements of the Code or ERISA or to conform the Plan to any change in federal law or to any regulations or ruling thereunder. Any retroactive amendment by the Employer shall be subject to the provisions of Section 9.01.
 
9.03.         Termination .  The Employer has adopted the Plan with the intention and expectation that contributions will be continued indefinitely. However, said Employer has no obligation or liability whatsoever to maintain the Plan for any length of time and may discontinue contributions under the Plan or terminate the Plan at any time by written notice delivered to the Trustee without any liability hereunder for any such discontinuance or termination.
 
9.04.         Distribution upon Termination of the Plan .  Upon termination of the Plan, no further Deferral Contributions or Matching Contributions shall be made under the Plan, but Accounts of Participants maintained under the Plan at the time of termination shall continue to be governed by the terms of the Plan until paid out in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
 
ARTICLE 10
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
10.01.        Communication to Participants .  The Plan will be communicated to all Participants by the Employer promptly after the Plan is adopted.
 
10.02.        Limitation of Rights .  Neither the establishment of the Plan and the Trust, nor any amendment thereof, nor the creation of any fund or account, nor the payment of any benefits, will be construed as giving to any Participant or other person any legal or equitable right against the Employer, Administrator or Trustee, except as provided herein; and in no event will the terms of employment or service of any Participant be modified or in any way affected hereby.
 
 
- 11 -

 
 
10.03.         Nonalienability of Benefits .  The benefits provided hereunder will not be subject to alienation, assignment, garnishment, attachment, execution or levy of any kind, either voluntarily or involuntarily, and any attempt to cause such benefits to be so subjected will not be recognized, except to such extent as may be required by law.
 
10.04.         Facility of Payment .  In the event the Administrator determines, on the basis of medical reports or other evidence satisfactory to the Administrator, that the recipient of any benefit payments under the Plan is incapable of handling his affairs by reason of minority, illness, infirmity or other incapacity, the Administrator may disburse such payments, or direct the Trustee to disburse such payments, as applicable, to a person or institution designated by a court which has jurisdiction over such recipient or a person or institution otherwise having the legal authority under State law for the care and control of such recipient. The receipt by such person or institution of any such payments shall be complete acquittance therefore, and any such payment to the extent thereof, shall discharge the liability of the Trust for the payment of benefits hereunder to such recipient.
 
10.05.         Information between Employer and Trustee .  The Employer agrees to furnish the Trustee, and the Trustee agrees to furnish the Employer with such information relating to the Plan and Trust as may be required by the other in order to carry out their respective duties hereunder, including without limitation information required under the Code or ERISA and any regulations issued or forms adopted thereunder.
 
10.06.         Notices .  Any notice or other communication in connection with this Plan shall be deemed delivered in writing if addressed as provided below and if either actually delivered at said address or, in the case of a letter, three business days shall have elapsed after the same shall have been deposited in the United States mails, first-class postage prepaid and registered or certified:
 
(a)         If to the Employer or Administrator, to it at the address set forth in the Adoption Agreement, to the attention of the person specified to receive notice in the Adoption Agreement;
 
(b)         If to the Trustee, to it at the address set forth in the Trust Agreement;
 
or, in each case at such other address as the addressee shall have specified by written notice delivered in accordance with the foregoing to the addressor’s then effective notice address.        
 
10.07.         Governing Law .  The Plan and the accompanying Adoption Agreement will be construed, administered and enforced according to ERISA, and to the extent not preempted thereby, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflicts of law principles.
 
ARTICLE 11
 
PLAN ADMINISTRATION
 
11.01.         Powers and Responsibilities of the Administrator . The Administrator has the full power and the full responsibility to administer the Plan in all of its details, subject, however, to the applicable requirements of ERISA. The Administrator’s powers and responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the following:
 
 
- 12 -

 
 
(a)         To make and enforce such rules and regulations as it deems necessary or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan;
 
(b)         To interpret the Plan, its interpretation thereof in good faith to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan;
 
(c)         To decide all questions concerning the Plan and the eligibility of any person to participate in the Plan;
 
(d)         To administer the claims and review procedures specified in Section 11.03;
 
(e)         To compute the amount of benefits which will be payable to any Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan;
 
(f)         To determine the person or persons to whom such benefits will be paid;
 
(g)         To authorize the payment of benefits;
 
(h)         To comply with any applicable reporting and disclosure requirements of Part 1 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA;
 
(i)         To appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, and consultants as may be required to assist in administering the Plan;
 
(j)         By written instrument, to allocate and delegate its responsibilities, including the formation of an Administrative Committee to administer the Plan;
 
11.02.         Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority .  Whenever, in the administration of the Plan, any discretionary action by the Administrator is required, the Administrator shall exercise its authority in a nondiscriminatory manner so that all persons similarly situated will receive substantially the same treatment.
 
11.03.         Claims and Review Procedures .
 
(a)         Claims Procedure . If any person believes he is being denied any rights or benefits under the Plan, such person may file a claim in writing with the Administrator. If any such claim is wholly or partially denied, the Administrator will notify such person of its decision in writing. Such notification will contain (i) specific reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for such person to perfect such claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iv) information as to the steps to be taken if the person wishes to submit a request for review, including a statement of the such person’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following as adverse determination upon review. Such notification will be given within 90 days after the claim is received by the Administrator (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 90-day period).
 
 
- 13 -

 
 
If the claim concerns disability benefits under the Plan, the Plan Administrator must notify the claimant in writing within 45 days after the claim has been filed in order to deny it. If special circumstances require an extension of time to process the claim, the Plan Administrator must notify the claimant before the end of the 45-day period that the claim may take up to 30 days longer to process. If special circumstances still prevent the resolution of the claim, the Plan Administrator may then only take up to another 30 days after giving the claimant notice before the end of the original 30-day extension. If the Plan Administrator gives the claimant notice that the claimant needs to provide additional information regarding the claim, the claimant must do so within 45 days of that notice.
 
(b)         Review Procedure .  Within 60 days after the date on which a person receives a written notice of a denied claim (or, if applicable, within 60 days after the date on which such denial is considered to have occurred), such person (or his duly authorized representative) may (i) file a written request with the Administrator for a review of his denied claim and of pertinent documents and (ii) submit written issues and comments to the Administrator. This written request may include comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits. The claimant shall be provided, upon the claimant’s request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits. The review will take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The Administrator will notify such person of its decision in writing. Such notification will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by such person and will contain specific reasons for the decision as well as specific references to pertinent Plan provisions. The decision on review will be made within 60 days after the request for review is received by the Administrator (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the request, such as an election by the Administrator to hold a hearing, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 60-day period). The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan expects to render the determination on review.
 
If the initial claim was for disability benefits under the Plan and has been denied by the Plan Administrator, the claimant will have 180 days from the date the claimant received notice of the claim’s denial in which to appeal that decision. The review will be handled completely independently of the findings and decision made regarding the initial claim and will be processed by an individual who is not a subordinate of the individual who denied the initial claim. If the claim requires medical judgment, the individual handling the appeal will consult with a medical professional whom was not consulted regarding the initial claim and who is not a subordinate of anyone consulted regarding the initial claim and identify that medical professional to the claimant.
 
 
- 14 -

 
 
The Plan Administrator shall provide the claimant with written notification of a plan’s benefit determination on review. In the case of an adverse benefit determination, the notification shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant — the specific reason or reasons for the adverse determinations, reference to the specific plan provisions on which the benefit determination is based, a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon the claimant’s request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits.
 
 11.04.         Costs of Administration .  Unless some or all costs and expenses are paid by the Employer, all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal, accounting, and employee communication fees) incurred by the Administrator and the Trustee in administering the Plan and Trust will be paid first from the forfeitures (if any) resulting under Section 7.05, then from the remaining Trust Fund. All such costs and expenses paid from the Trust Fund will, unless allocable to the Accounts of particular Participants, be charged against the Accounts of all Participants on a prorata basis or in such other reasonable manner as may be directed by the Administrator.
 
 
- 15 -

 
 
 
Exhibit 10.6
 
The CORPORATE plan for Retirement SM
EXECUTIVE PLAN
 
Adoption Agreement
 
IMPORTANT NOTE
 
This document has not been approved by the Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service or any other governmental entity. An Adopting Employer must determine whether the plan is subject to the Federal securities lows and the securities laws of the various states. An Adopting Employer may not rely on this document to ensure any particular tax consequences or to ensure that the Plan is "unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees" under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act with respect to the Employer's particular situation. Fidelity Management Trust Company, its affiliates and employees cannot provide you with legal advice in connection with the execution of this document. This document should be reviewed by the Employer's attorney prior to execution.
    
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
ARTICLE 1
   
1.01.         PLAN INFORMATION
 
 
(a)
Name of Plan .

 
This is the German American Bancorp Nonqualified Savings Plan (the "Plan").

 
(b)
Name of Plan Administrator, if not the Employer: .

     
     
 
Address:
 
     
     
     
 
Phone Number:  
 

 
The Plan Administrator is the agent for service of legal process for the Plan.

 
(c)
Plan Year End is December 31.

 
(d)
Plan Status (check one):.

 
(1)
x
Effective Date of new Plan:   10/1/2004

 
(2)
¨
Amendment Effective Date: _____________
 
The original effective date of the Plan: _____________
 
 
 

 
 
1.02.         EMPLOYER
 
 
(a)
The Employer is:
German American Bancorp
       
   
Address:
711 Main Street P.O. Box 810
      Jasper, IN 47547-0810
   
Contact's Name:
Lisa Matheis
   
Telephone Number: 
(800) 482-1314, ext. 795

 
(1)
Employer's Tax identification Number:  35-1547518
 
(2)
Business form of Employer (check one):

   
(A)
x
Corporation (Other than a Subchapter S corporation)
   
(B)
¨
Other (e.g., Subchapter S corporation, partnership, sole proprietor)
 
 
(3)
Employer's fiscal year end:  12/31
 
 
(b)
The tern "Employer" includes the following Related Employer(s) (as defined in Section 2.01(a)(21)):
 
 
First State Bank, Southwest Indiana
 
Peoples Bank
 
Citizens State Bank
 
First Title Insurance Co., Inc.
 
The Doty Agency, Inc.
 
German American Financial Advisors & Trust Co.
 
The German American Bank
 
First American Bank
 
1.03.         COVERAGE
 
 
(a)
The following Employees are eligible to participate its the Plan.
       
 
(1)
¨
Only those Employees listed in Attachment A will be eligible to participate in the Plan.
       
 
(2)
x
Only those Employees in the eligible class described below will be eligible to participate in the Plan:
Those highly compensated or management employees of the Employer who are Indiana Residents (or whose principal residences are located within the State of Indiana) and who are specifically designated from time to time by the Human Resources Committee as eligible to participate in the Plan.
       
 
(3)
¨
Only those Employees described in the Board of Directors Resolutions attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof will be eligible to participate in the Plan.
       
 
(b)
The Entry Date(s) shall be (check one):
       
 
(1)
¨
each January 1.
       
 
(2)
¨
each January 1 and each July 1.
       
 
(3)
¨
each January 1 and each April 1, July 1 and October 1.
       
 
(4)
¨
the first day of each month.
       
 
(5)
x
immediate upon meeting the eligibility requirements specified in Subsection 1.03(a).
 
 
- 2 -

 
 
1.04.         COMPENSATION
 
 
For purposes of determining Contributions under the Plan, Compensation shall be as defined (check (a) or (b) below, as appropriate):
       
 
(a)
x
in Section 2.01(a)(6), (check (1) or (2) below, if and as appropriate):
       
 
(1)
x
but excluding (check the appropriate box(es)):
         
   
(A)
¨
Overtime Pay.
         
   
(B)
¨
Bonuses.
         
   
(C)
¨
Commissions.
         
   
(D)
x
The value of a qualified or a non-qualified stock option granted to an Employee by the Employer to the extent such value is includable in the Employee's taxable income.
         
   
(E)
x
The following:
severance pay
       
 
(2)
 
except as otherwise provided below:
       
 
(b)
 
in the                    Plan maintained by the Employer to the extent it is in excess of the limit Imposed under Code Section 401(a)(17).
 
1.05.         CONTRIBUTIONS
 
 
(a)
Employee contributions (Complete all that apply)

 
(1)
x
Deferral Contributions.  The Employer shall make a Deferral Contribution in accordance with, and subject to, Section 4.01 on behalf of each Participant who has an executed salary reduction agreement in effect with the Employer for the calendar year (or portion of the calendar year) in question, not to exceed till 60% of Compensation for that calendar year, subject, however, to any election regarding bonuses, as set out in Subsection 1.05(a)(2).
       
 
(2)
¨
Bonus Contributions.  The Employer may allow Participants upon proper notice and approval to enter into a special salary reduction agreement to make Deferral Contributions in an amount up to 100% of any Employer paid cash bonuses designated by the Employer that are made for such Participants during the calendar year. The Compensation definition elected by the Employer in Section 1.04 must include bonuses if bonus contributions are permitted.
 
 
- 3 -

 
 
 
(b)
x
Matching Contributions (Choose (1) or (2) below, and (3) below, as applicable.)
       
 
(1)
x
The Employer shall make a Matching Contribution on behalf of each Participant in an amount equal to the following percentage of a Participant's Deferral Contributions during the Plan Year (check one):
         
   
(A)
¨
50%
         
   
(B)
¨
100%
         
   
(C)
¨
      %
         
   
(D)
¨
(Tiered Match),       % of the first       % of the Participant's Compensation contributed to the Plan.
         
   
(E)
¨
The percentage declared for the year, if any, by a Board of Directors' resolution.
         
   
(F)
x
Other:   100% of the first 3% of the Participant's Compensation contributed to this Plan and the German American Bancorp 401(k) Savings Plan (as defined under the respective plans) for the Plan Year, plus 50% of the next 2% of the Participant's Compensation contributed to this Plan and the German American Bancorp 401(k) Savings Plan as "Deferral Contributions" (as defined under the respective plans) for the Plan Year, provided, however, that in no event shall the aggregate Employer matching contributions on behalf of any Participant in any Plan Year, considering both the Matching Contribution under this Plan and a Matching Employer Contribution under the German American Bancorp 401(k) Savings Plan, exceed 4% of such Participant's Compensation, with any excess, if any, reducing the Matching Contribution under this Plan.
       
 
(2)
¨
Matching Contribution Offset.  For each Participant who has made deferrals of at least the maximum amount allowed pursuant to Section 402(g) of the Code or the maximum allowed under the Employer's plan listed below to such plan, the Employer shall make a Matching Contribution in an amount equal to (A) minus (B) below:
 
 
- 4 -

 
 
   
(A)
The Matching Employer Contribution, as defined in the              Plan that the Participant would have received under the              Plan on the sum of the Deferral Contributions and the Participant's deferrals hereunder, as defined therein, that the Participant actually made to such Plan, if no limits otherwise imposed by the Code, and regulations issued thereunder, applied to such Matching Employer Contribution and the Participant's Deferral Contributions are deemed to have been made to the Plan;
       
   
(B)
The Matching Employer Contributions actually made to such Participant under the              Plan for the Plan Year of the determination of the Matching Contribution hereunder.
       
 
(3)
x
Matching Contribution Limits (check the appropriate box(es)):
         
   
(A)
x
Deferral Contributions in excess of 5% of the Participant's Compensation for the period in question shall not be considered for Matching Contributions.
       
     
Note:  If the Employer elects a percentage limit in (A) above and requests the Trustee to account separately for matched and unmatched Deferral Contributions, the Matching Contributions allocated to each Participant must be computed, and the percentage limit applied, based upon each period.
         
   
(B)
¨
Matching Contributions for each Participant for each Plan Year shall be limited to $                    .
     
 
(4)
Eligibility Requirement(s) for Matching Contributions .  A Participant who makes Deferral Contributions during the Plan Year under Section 1.05(a) shall be entitled to Matching Contributions for that Plan Year if the Participant satisfies the following requirement(s) (Check the appropriate box(es). Options (B) and (C) may not be elected together):
         
   
(A)
¨
Is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.
 
 
- 5 -

 
 
   
(B)
¨
Earns at least 500 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.
         
   
(C)
¨
Earns at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.
         
   
(D)
¨
Other:
         
   
(E)
x
No requirements.
         
     
Note:   If option (A), (B) or (C) above is selected, then Matching Contributions can only be made by the Employer after the Plan Year ends. Any Matching Contribution made before Plan Year end shall not be subject to the eligibility requirements of this Section 1.05(b)(3)).
       
 
(c)
Employer Contributions
     
 
(1)
¨
Fixed Employer Contributions .  The Employer shall make an Employer Contribution on behalf of each Participant in an amount determined as described below (check at least one):
       
   
(A)
¨
In an amount equal to              % of each Participant's Compensation each Plan Year.
         
   
(B)
¨
In an amount determined and allocated as described below:
         
         
         
   
(C)
¨
In an amount equal to (check at least one):
         
   
(i)
¨
Any profit sharing contribution that the Employer would have made on behalf of the Participant under the following qualified defined contribution plan but for the limitations imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17):
         
         
 
 
- 6 -

 
 
   
(ii)
¨
Any contribution described in Code Section 401(m) that the Employer would have made on behalf of the Participant under the following qualified defined contribution plan but for the limitations imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17):
         
         
         
 
(2)
x
Discretionary Employer Contributions .  The Employer may make Employer Contributions to the accounts of Participants in any amount, as determined by the Employer in its sole discretion from time to time, which amount may be zero.
       
 
(3)
 
Eligibility Requirement(s) for Employer Contributions .  A Participant shall only be entitled to Employer Contributions under Section 1.05(c)(1) for a Plan Year if the Participant satisfies the following requirement(s) (Check the appropriate box(es). Options (B) and (C) may not be elected together):
       
   
(A)
¨
Is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.
         
   
(B)
¨
Earns at least 500 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.
         
   
(C)
¨
Earns at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.
         
   
(D)
¨
Other:
         
   
(E)
x
No requirements.
 
1.06.      DISTRIBUTION DATES
 
 
Distribution from a Participant's Account pursuant to Section 8.02 shall begin upon the following date(s) (check either (a) or (b); check (c), if desired):
   
 
(a)
x
Non-Class Year Accounting (complete (1) and (2)).
       
 
(1)
The earliest of termination of employment with the Employer and the following event(s) (check appropriate box(es); if none selected, all distributions will be upon termination of employment):
     
   
(A)
x
Attainment of Normal Retirement Age (as defined in Section 1.07(f)).
 
 
- 7 -

 
 
   
(B)
x
Attainment of Early Retirement Age (as defined in Section 1.07(g)).
         
   
(C)
x
The date on which the Participant becomes disabled (as defined in Section 1.07(h)).
         
 
(2)
Timing of distribution (check either (A) or (B)).
     
   
(A)
x
The Distribution of the Participant's Account will begin in the month following the event described in (a)(1) above.
         
   
(B)
x
The Distribution of the Participant's Account will be begin as soon as administratively feasible in the calendar year following distribution event described in (a)(1) above.
         
 
(b)
 
Class Year Accounting (complete (1) and (2)).
       
 
(1)
Upon (check at least one; (A) must be selected if plan has contributions pursuant to section 1.05(b) or (c)):
     
   
(A)
¨
Termination of employment with the Employer.
         
   
(B)
¨
The date elected by the Participant, pursuant to Plan Section 8.02, and subject to the restrictions imposed in Plan Section 8.02 with respect to future Deferral Contributions, in which event such date of distribution must be at least one year after the date such Deferral Contribution would have been, paid to the Participant in cash in the absence of the election. to make the Deferral Contribution.
         
 
(2)
Timing of distribution (check either (A) or (B)).
     
   
(A)
¨
The Distribution of the Participant's Account will begin __________ (specify month and day) following the event described in (b)(1) above.
         
   
(B)
¨
The Distribution of the Participant's Account will begin ___________ (specify month and day) of the calendar year following the event described in (b)(1) above.
 
 
- 8 -

 
 
 
(c)
x
As soon as administratively feasible following a Change of Control (as defined in Section 1.12).
 
1.07.         VESTING SCHEDULE
 
 
(a)
The Participant's vested percentage in Matching Contributions elected in Section 1.05(b) shall he based upon the schedule(s) selected below.
     
 
(1)
¨
N/A - No Matching Contributions
       
 
(2)
x
100% Vesting immediately
       
 
(3)
¨
3 year cliff (see C below)
       
 
(4)
¨
5 year cliff (see D below)
       
 
(5)
¨
6 year graduated (see E below)
       
 
(6)
¨
7 year graduated (see F below)
       
 
(7)
¨
G below
       
 
(8)
¨
Other (Attachment "B")

     
Vesting Schedule
Years of
Service for
Vesting
   
C
   
D
   
E
   
F
 
G
                             
  0       0 %     0 %     0 %     0 %  
  1       0 %     0 %     0 %     0 %  
  2       0 %     0 %     20 %     0 %  
  3       100 %     0 %     40 %     20 %  
  4       100 %     0 %     60 %     40 %  
  5       100 %     100 %     80 %     60 %  
  6       100 %     100 %     100 %     80 %  
  7       100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
100 %
 
 
(b)
The Participant's vested percentage in Employer Contributions elected in Section 1.05(c) shall be based upon the schedule(s) selected below.
     
 
(1)
¨
N/A - No Employer Contributions
       
 
(2)
x
100% Vesting immediately
       
 
(3)
¨
3 year cliff (see C below)
 
 
- 9 -

 
 
 
(4)
¨
5 year cliff (see D below)
       
 
(5)
¨
6 year graduated (see E below)
       
 
(6)
¨
7 year graduated (see F below)
       
 
(7)
¨
G below
       
 
(8)
¨
Other (Attachment "B")

     
Vesting Schedule
Years of
Service for
Vesting
   
C
   
D
   
E
   
F
 
G
                             
  0       0 %     0 %     0 %     0 %  
  1       0 %     0 %     0 %     0 %  
  2       0 %     0 %     20 %     0 %  
  3       100 %     0 %     40 %     20 %  
  4       100 %     0 %     60 %     40 %  
  5       100 %     100 %     80 %     60 %  
  6       100 %     100 %     100 %     80 %  
  7       100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
100 %

 
(c)
¨
Years of Service for Vesting shall exclude (check one):
     
 
(1)
for new plans, service prior to the Effective Date as defined in Section 1.01(d)(1).
     
 
(2)
for existing plans converting from another plan document, service prior the original Effective Date as defined in Section 1.01(d)(2).
       
 
(d)
x
Participant will forfeit his Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions upon the occurrence of the following event(s):
 
(i) a Participant's willful breach of any applicable confidentiality or non-competition agreement with the Employer, (ii) a Participant's willful (a) dishonesty, (b) fraud or (c) misconduct with respect to the business or affairs of the Employer or an affiliate which materially and adversely affects the operations or reputation of the Employer or a Related Employer (monetarily or otherwise); or (iii) a Participant's conviction of a felony crime involving moral turpitude or a crime involving property of the Employer or a Related Employer, or entry of a plea of nolo contender thereof.
 
 
- 10 -

 
 
 
(e)
A Participant will be 100% vested in his Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions upon (check the appropriate box(es), if any; if 1.06(c) is selected, Participants will automatically vest upon Change of Control as defined in Section 1.12);
     
 
(1)
x
Normal Retirement Age (as defined in Section 1.07(e)).
       
 
(2)
x
Early Retirement Age (as defined in Section 1.07(f)).
       
 
(3)
x
Death.
       
 
(4)
x
The date on which the Participant becomes disabled, as determined under Section 1.07(h) of the Plan.
       
 
(f)
Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is (check one):
     
 
(1)
x
age 65.
       
 
(2)
¨
age           (specify from 55 through 64).
       
 
(3)
¨
the later of age          (cannot exceed 65) or the fifth anniversary of the Participant's Commencement Date.
       
   
If no box is checked in this Section 1.07(f), then Normal Retirement Age is 65.
     
 
(g)
x
Early Retirement Age is the first day of the month after the Participant attains age 59.5 (specify 55 or greater) and completes 0 Years of Service for Vesting.
       
 
(h)
x
The date on which a Participant becomes disabled is determined (check one):
       
 
(1)
¨
under the long-term disability plan maintained by the Employer in which the Participant participates.
       
 
(2)
x
under Title II or XVI of the Social Security Act.
       
 
(3)
¨
In the sole discretion of the Administrator based on factors applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
 
1.08.         PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER SERVICE
 
 
¨
Service for purposes of vesting in Section 1.07(a) and (b) shall include service with the following employer(s):
 
 
- 11 -

 
 
1.09.          UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCY WITHDRAWALS
 
 
Participant withdrawals for unforeseeable emergency prior to termination of employment (check one; (b) must be selected if 1.06(b) has been selected):
   
 
(a)
x
will be allowed in accordance with Section 7.07, subject to a $1,000) minimum amount. (Must beat least $1,000)
       
 
(b)
¨
will not be allowed
 
1.10.         DISTRIBUTIONS
 
 
Subject to Articles 7 and 8 distributions under the Plan are always available as a lump sum. Check below to allow distributions in installment payments:
     
 
x
under a systematic withdrawal plan (installments) not to exceed 10 years.
 
1.11.         INVESTMENT DECISIONS
 
 
(a)
Investments Directions
 
Investments in which the Accounts of Participants shall be treated as invested and reinvested shall be directed (check one):
     
 
(1)
¨
by the Employer among the options listed in (b) below.
       
 
(2)
x
by each Participant among the options listed in (b) below.
       
 
(3)
o
in accordance with investment directions provided by each Participant for all contribution sources in a Participant's Account except the following sources shall be invested as directed by the Employer (check (A) and/or (B)):
        
 
(A)
¨
Nonelective Employer Contributions
        
 
(B)
o
Matching Employer Contributions
       
 
The Employer must direct the applicable sources among the same investment options made available for Participant directed sources listed in the Service Agreement.
   
 
(b)
Plan Investment Options
 
Participant Accounts will be treated as invested among the Investment Funds listed in the Service Agreement from time to time pursuant to Participant and/or Employer directions, as applicable.
 
 
- 12 -

 
 
 
Note:
The-method and frequency for change of investments will be determined under the rules applicable to the selected funds, Information will be provided regarding expenses, if any, for changes in investment options.
 
1.12.         CHANGE IN CONTROL
 
 
If Section 1.06(c) is selected, then, pursuant to Section 7.08 and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Account Balances of all Participants shall then become immediately nonforfeitable and shall become payable to the Participants as sown as practicable upon a change in the control of the Employer, as defined below:
 
For purposes of this Section 1.12, a "Change in Control" means the occurrence of any of the following events, as determined by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion:
 
(1) German American Bancorp becomes a party to an agreement of merger, consolidation or other reorganization (i) pursuant to which German American Bancorp will be merged or consolidated with another company (other than an Employer or the Related Employer), and German American Bancorp will not be the surviving or resulting corporation, or (ii) which will result in less than 51% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving or resulting entity being beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13(d)(3) under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, by the former shareholders (determined immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization) of German American Bancorp;
 
(2) German American Bancorp becomes a party to an agreement providing for the sale or other disposition by German American Bancorp of all or substantially all of the assets of German American Bancorp to any individual, partnership, joint venture, association, trust, corporation, or other entity that is not a Related Employer;
 
(3) the acquisition by any individual, entity, or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of an aggregate of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding common stock of German American Bancorp; or
 
(4) incumbent Directors cease to be a majority of German American Bancorp's Board.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, in no event shall the acquisition of shares of stock of German American Bancorp by an "employee benefit plan" (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) sponsored by German American Bancorp or a Related Employer be considered a Change in Control.
 
 
- 13 -

 
 
 
The following terms in the definition of "Change in Control" have the following meanings:
 
        "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
        "Incumbent Director" means a director serving on German American Bancorp's Board of Directors who (i) was a director on the effective date of this Plan or (ii) was later elected as a director (except a director whose initial assumption of office was in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, related to the election of directors) and whose appointment, election, or nomination for election was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the effective date of this plan or whose appointment, election, or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended.

 
Note:  Internal Revenue Code Section 280G could impose certain, adverse tax consequences on both Participants and the Employer as a result of the application of Section 11.12. The Employer should consult with its attorney prior to selecting to apply Section 1.06(c).
 
1.13.         RELIANCE ON PLAN
 
 
An adopting Employer may not rely solely on this Plan to ensure that the Plan is "unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees" with respect to the Employer's particular situation. This Agreement must be reviewed by the Employer's attorney before it is executed.
 
This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with the CORPORATEplan for Retirement Executive Plan Basic Plan Document.
 
 
- 14 -

 
 
EXECUTION PAGE
(Fidelity's Copy)
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Adoption Agreement to be executed this 17th day of August, 2004.
 
 
Employer  GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP
   
 
By  /s/ Mark A. Schroeder
   
 
Title  President/CEO
   
 
Employer  GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP
   
 
By  /s/ Lisa A. Matheis
   
 
Title  Vice President
 
 
- 15 -

 
 
EXECUTION PAGE
(Employer's Copy)
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Adoption Agreement to be executed this 17th day of August, 2004.
 
 
Employer  GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP
   
 
By  /s/ Mark A. Schroeder
   
 
Title  President/CEO
   
 
Employer  GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP
   
 
By  /s/ Lisa A. Matheis
   
 
Title  Vice President
 
 
- 16 -

 
 
Attachment A
 
Pursuant to Section 1.03(a), the following are the Employees who are eligible to participate in the Plan:
 
 
Employer  GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP
   
 
By  /s/ Mark A. Schroeder
   
 
Title  President/CEO
   
 
Date  August 17, 2004

Note:
The Employer must revise Attachment A to add Employees as they become eligible or delete Employees who are no longer eligible. Attachment A should be signed and dated every time a change is made.
 
 
- 17 -

 
 
Attachment B
 
 
(a)
¨
The Participant's vested percentage in Matching Contributions elected in Section 1.05(b) shall be based upon the following schedule:
       
       

 
(b)
¨
The Participant's vested percentage in Employer Contributions elected in Section 1.05(c) shall be based upon the following schedule:
       
       
 
 
- 18 -

 
 
 
Exhibit 10.7
 
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE
GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP NONQUALIFIED SAVINGS PLAN
 
        German American Bancorp ("the Company"), as plan sponsor of the German American Bancorp Nonqualified Plan Savings Plan ("Plan"), hereby adopts the following First Amendment to the Plan:
 
        WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Plan, the Company has the right to amend or modify the Plan; and
 
        WHEREAS, the Company now desires to amend the Plan as hereinafter set forth;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended, effective as of September 1, 2004, as follows:
 
        1.        Section 1.06(a) of the Adoption Agreement to the Plan is hereby amended by the addition of the following paragraphs at the end thereof, to be and read as follows:
 
Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan or the Adoption Agreement to the Plan to the contrary, as a condition of participating in the Plan, each Participant shall elect, at the time of initial participation in the Plan and on a form and within the timeframe provided by the Plan Administrator, (i) when amounts credited to the Participant's Account shall be distributed to the Participant by selecting either (A) the Participant's termination of employment with the Employer, or (B) any one of the events elected in Section 1.06(a)(1) of the Adoption Agreement to the Plan, or (C) the earliest to occur of any such events in (A) or (B), (ii) the timing of the distributions by selecting between the options designated in Section 1.06(a)(2), and (iii) the form of the distribution by selecting between a lump sum distribution and, to the extent allowed by Section 1.10 of the Adoption Agreement, installments.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 1.06(a) or any provision in the Plan or the Adoption Agreement to the Plan to the contrary, and unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator to be inconsistent with applicable laws governing the Plan, each Participant may make a one-time election, at least 13 months prior to the date on which distributions under the Plan are first scheduled to commence, to further defer the commencement of the payout of the benefits and/or to change the timing and/or form of the payout of the benefits, by filing a written election form with the Plan Administrator (on a form acceptable to the Plan Administrator), such that the election is received by the Plan Administrator within such 13-month period. One time elections described in this paragraph that are received within fewer than 13 months prior to the date on which such distributions are first scheduled to commence or actually do commence shall be disregarded and shall be of no force or effect.
 
        2.        The first clause of Section 1.07(d) of the Adoption Agreement to the Plan is hereby amended to be and read as follows:
 
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or the Adoption Agreement to the Plan to the contrary, a Participant will forfeit his Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions upon the occurrence of ally of the following events:
 
 

 
  
        3.        The first clause of Section 1.12 of the Adoption Agreement to the Plan is hereby amended to be and read as follows:
 
If Section 1.06(c) is selected, then, pursuant to Section 7.08 and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or the Adoption Agreement to the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant's employment is terminated with all Employers for any reason other than death, resignation or retirement within the 24 month period beginning 12 months prior to a Change in Control, the vested Account Balance of each such Participant, to the extent not yet payable, shall then become payable to each such Participant as of the first day of the thirteenth (13th) month following the month on which the later of the following occurs: (i) such Participant's termination of employment with all Employers, or (ii) the effective date of the Change in Control, as defined in Section 1.12 of the Adoption Agreement; provided, however, such Participant may waive the acceleration of the payment of his or her vested Account Balance by electing in writing to waive application of this Section 1.12 (by filing such waiver with the Plan Administrator at least 12 months prior to the commencement of the acceleration of the payment). For example, if a Participant's employment is terminated by his Employer on July 1, 2005 and he had initially elected for his distributions to commence on his 65th birthday (in 2008) and if on January 1, 2006 a Change in Control occurs, the Participant's vested Account Balance would become payable beginning on February 1, 2007 unless, within 30 days after the change in control, the Participant elected (by filing a statement in writing with the Plan Administrator) to waive the acceleration of the commencement of his distributions.
 
For purposes of this Section 1.12, a "Change in Control" shall mean:
   
        4.        In all other respects the Plan shall remain unchanged.
 
        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this First Amendment has been executed this 17th day of August, 2004.

 
/s/  Mark A. Schroeder
 
Name
   
 
President/CEO
 
Title
 
 
 

 
 
Exhibit 10.8
 
EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
 
        THIS AGREEMENT, entered into as of the Grant Date (as defined in paragraph 1), by and between the Participant and GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP, an Indiana corporation (the “Company”), WITNESSETH THAT:
 
        WHEREAS, the Company maintains the German American Bancorp 1999 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which is incorporated into and forms a part of this Agreement, and the Participant has been selected by the Stock Option Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, acting as the committee administering the Plan (the “Committee”),  to receive a Stock Option Award under the Plan;  
 
        NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and the Participant, as follows:  
 
 
1.
Terms of Award .  The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this paragraph 1:

   
The “ Participant ” is ______________.

   
The “ Grant Date ” is ___________.

   
The number of “ Covered Shares ” shall be ___ shares of Stock.

   
The “ Stock ” is the Company’s Common Shares, no par value.

   
The “ Exercise Price ” is $______ per share.

   
Other terms used in this Agreement are defined elsewhere in this Agreement.

 
2.
Award and Exercise Price .  This Agreement specifies the terms of the option (the “Option”) granted to the Participant to purchase the number of Covered Shares of Stock at the Exercise Price per share as set forth in paragraph 1, subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with Section 4.02 of the Plan. The Option is intended to constitute an “incentive stock option” as that term is used in Internal Revenue Code Section 422 to the maximum extent permissible thereunder.

 
3.
Exercise Period .  The Option is not immediately exercisable as to any of the Covered Shares.  Subject to the limitations of this Agreement and of the Plan (including the provisions of Article VII of the Plan that would limit the period of exercisability in the event of termination, retirement, disability and death, and the provisions of Section 5.03(g) of the Plan concerning the Committee’s rights to cancel the Option prior to its being exercised), the Option shall become exercisable with respect to 20% of the Covered Shares on each of the first five anniversary dates of the Grant Date, assuming continued employment and subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan. Accordingly, the Option shall be exercisable as to 100% of the Covered Shares for only one day, the fifth anniversary of the Grant Date, which shall also be the Expiration Date as specified by paragraph 4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option shall become fully exercisable as to all Covered Shares under the circumstances specified by Article VIII of the Plan, subject to the terms and conditions of Article VIII.

 
4.
Expiration .  The Option shall not be exercisable after 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, on [Fifth Anniversary of Date of Grant] (the “Expiration Date”).

 
5.
Method of Option Exercise .  Subject to the Agreement and the Plan, the Option may be exercised (as to the number of Covered Shares as to which it is then exercisable) in whole or in part by filing a written notice with the President of the Company at its corporate headquarters on any business day during business hours prior to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, on the Expiration Date.  Such notice shall specify the number of shares of Stock that the Participant elects to purchase, and shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for such shares of Stock indicated by the Participant’s election.  The Option shall not be exercisable if and to the extent the Company determines that such exercise would violate applicable state or Federal securities laws or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Stock is traded.  If the Company makes such a determination, it shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain compliance with such laws, rules or regulations.  In making any determination hereunder, the Company may rely on the opinion of counsel for the Company.
 
 
 

 
 
 
6.
Funding of Exercise Price; Replacement Options .  Cash payments shall be made in immediately available funds. All or a portion of the Exercise Price may be paid by the Participant by delivery of shares of Stock that have been beneficially owned at least six months and that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Option (determined in accordance with Section 11.01(m) of the Plan) that is equal to the amount of cash that would otherwise be required.  In the event that the Participant tenders Stock in payment (in whole or in part) of the Exercise Price of Covered Shares that the Participant has elected to purchase under the Option, the Company shall issue to the Participant a replacement option of the same type (incentive stock option or other) (a “Replacement Option”) as the Option exercised (the “Exercised Option”) and with the same expiration date as the Exercised Option. Such Replacement Option shall entitle the Participant to purchase a number of shares of Stock equal to the number of shares tendered to the Company in payment of the Exercise Price under the Exercised Option, and shall specify a new Exercise Price equal to the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of exercise of the Exercised Option, determined in accordance with Section 11.01(m) of the Plan. A Replacement Option shall not be exercisable during the period ending at the close of business of the day preceding the first anniversary of the date of exercise of the related Exercised Option and shall never become exercisable and shall be cancelled if, during such period, the Participant sells any Stock of the Company other than in payment of the exercise price of another option granted to the Participant by the Company, or pursuant to a corporate transaction in which all holders of Stock are obligated to sell or otherwise dispose of their Stock.  Replacement Options shall be issuable upon exercise of other Replacement Options granted under this paragraph if all conditions for such issuance are satisfied.

 
7.
Withholding .  All deliveries and distributions under this Agreement are subject to withholding of all applicable taxes.  At the election of the Participant, and subject to such rules and limitations as may be established by the Committee from time to time, withholding obligations as to each Option exercise may be satisfied through the surrender of shares of Stock that the Participant already owns or through the Company’s withholding of shares of Stock that the Participant is purchasing as part of the Option exercise.

 
8.
Transferability .  The Option is not transferable other than as designated by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and during the Participant’s life, may be exercised only by the Participant.

 
9.
Definitions .  Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan is similarly used in this Agreement.

 
10.
Heirs and Successors .  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business.  If any rights exercisable by the Participant or benefits deliverable to the Participant under this Agreement have not been exercised or delivered, respectively, at the time of the Participant’s death, such rights shall be exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary,  and such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan. The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant in a writing filed with the Committee in such form and at such time as the Committee shall require.   If  a deceased Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, any rights that would have been exercisable by the Participant and any benefits distributable to the Participant shall be exercised by or distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Participant.   If a deceased Participant designates a beneficiary but the Designated Beneficiary dies before the Designated Beneficiary’s exercise of all rights under this Agreement or before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under this Agreement, then any rights that would have been exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary shall be exercised by the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary, and any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

 
11.
Administration .  The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan.  Any interpretation of the Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to the Agreement is final and binding on all persons.
 
 
 

 
 
 
12.
Plan Governs .  The terms of this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which may be obtained by the Participant from the office of the Secretary of the Company; and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan.

 
13.
Not An Employment Contract .  The Option will not confer on the Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary, nor will it interfere in any way with any right the Company or any Subsidiary would otherwise have to terminate or modify the terms of such Participant’s employment or other service at any time.

 
14.
Notices .  Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax or overnight courier, or by postage paid first class mail.  Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailed but in no event later than the date of actual receipt.  Notices shall be directed, if to the Participant, at the Participant’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, at the Company’s principal executive office.

 
15.
Fractional Shares .  In lieu of issuing a fraction of a share upon any exercise of the Option, resulting from an adjustment of the Option pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, the Company will be entitled to pay to the Participant an amount equal to the fair market value of such fractional share.

 
16.
No Rights As Shareholder .  The Participant shall not have any rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares subject to the Option, until a stock certificate has been duly issued following exercise of the Option as provided herein.

 
17.
Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended by written Agreement of the Participant and the Company, without the consent of any other person.
 
        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant has executed this Agreement and the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the Grant Date.
 
GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP

By:
 
    
Mark A. Schroeder, President and
Chief Executive Officer
 
        I hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan, the Prospectus of the Company dated February 13, 2002, related to the Plan, Supplement No. 1 to the Prospectus dated February 13, 2002, and the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (without exhibits) for the year ended December 31, 200_, and I acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.
 
PARTICIPANT:
 
    
 
 
 

 
 
 
Exhibit 10.9
 
EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(Replacement Grant)
 
THIS AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), entered into as of the Grant Date (as defined in paragraph 1), by and between the Participant and GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP, an Indiana corporation (the “Company”), WITNESSETH THAT:
 
WHEREAS, the Company maintains the German American Bancorp 1999 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which is incorporated into and forms a part of this Agreement; and
 
WHEREAS, the Company, pursuant to the Plan and section 6 of the Employee Stock Option Agreement dated _________ (the “Exercised Stock Option Agreement”) between the Participant and the Company evidencing a prior grant of a stock option to the Participant, has agreed with the Participant that, in the event the Participant tenders the Company’s Common Shares to the Company in payment of some or all of the exercise price of the stock option evidenced by the Exercised Stock Option Agreement, the Company will grant to the Participant, in replacement of the tendered Common Shares, a replacement option of the same type (incentive stock option or other) (a “Replacement Option”) as the option exercised (the “Exercised Option”) and with the same expiration date as the Exercised Option, which Replacement Option shall entitle the Participant to purchase a number of shares equal to the number of shares tendered to the Company in payment of the exercise price under the Exercised Option, and shall specify a new exercise price equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Common Shares on the date of exercise of the Exercised Option, determined in accordance with Section 11.01(m) of the Plan; and
 
WHEREAS, the Participant has as of the date of this Agreement tendered ____ Common Shares to the Company in payment of some or all of the exercise price payable in connection with the Participant’s exercise of the Exercised Option as of this date, and the Company has therefore determined that it is obligated to issue a Replacement Option to the Participant on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, without the necessity for the exercise of any discretion or the taking of any other action by the Stock Option Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”);  
 
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and the Participant, as follows:  
 
 
  1.
Terms of Award .  The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this paragraph 1:

The “ Participant ” is _________.

The “ Grant Date ” is _______________. 

The number of “Covered Shares” shall be [number of shares tendered in payment of the exercise price under the Exercised Stock Option Agreement] shares of Stock.

The “ Stock ” is the Company’s Common Shares, no par value.

The “Exercise Price” is $[fair market value on Grant Date] per share.

Other terms used in this Agreement are defined in the recital clauses to this Agreement or elsewhere in this Agreement.
 
 
  2.
Award and Exercise Price .  This Agreement specifies the terms of the option (the “Option”) granted to the Participant to purchase the number of Covered Shares of Stock at the Exercise Price per share as set forth in paragraph 1, subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with Section 4.02 of the Plan. The Option is intended to constitute an “incentive stock option” as that term is used in Internal Revenue Code Section 422 to the maximum extent permissible thereunder.

 
 

 

 
  3.
Exercise Period .  The Option is not immediately exercisable as to any of the Covered Shares.  Except as stated in the last sentence of this Section 3, this Option shall not be exercisable during the period ending at the close of business of the day preceding the date of the first anniversary of the Grant Date and shall never become exercisable and shall be cancelled if, during such period, the Participant sells any Stock of the Company other than in payment of the exercise price of another option granted to the Participant by the Company, or pursuant to a corporate transaction in which all holders of Stock are obligated to sell or otherwise dispose of their Stock. Subject to the limitations of this Agreement and of the Plan (including the provisions of Article VII of the Plan that would limit the period of exercisability in the event of termination, retirement, disability and death, and the provisions of Section 5.03(g) of the Plan concerning the Committee’s rights to cancel the Option prior to its being exercised), the Option shall become exercisable with respect to 100% of the Covered Shares on the date of the first anniversary of the Grant Date, assuming continued employment and subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option shall become fully exercisable as to all Covered Shares under the circumstances specified by Article VIII of the Plan, subject to the terms and conditions of Article VIII.

 
  4.
Expiration .  The Option shall not be exercisable after 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, on [expiration date of the Exercised Stock Option Agreement] (the “Expiration Date”).

 
  5.
Method of Option Exercise .  Subject to the Agreement and the Plan, the Option may be exercised (as to the number of Covered Shares as to which it is then exercisable) in whole or in part by filing a written notice with the President of the Company at its corporate headquarters on any business day during business hours prior to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, on the Expiration Date.  Such notice shall specify the number of shares of Stock that the Participant elects to purchase, and shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for such shares of Stock indicated by the Participant’s election.  The Option shall not be exercisable if and to the extent the Company determines that such exercise would violate applicable state or Federal securities laws or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Stock is traded.  If the Company makes such a determination, it shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain compliance with such laws, rules or regulations.  In making any determination hereunder, the Company may rely on the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 
  6.
Funding of Exercise Price; Replacement Options .  Cash payments shall be made in immediately available funds. All or a portion of the Exercise Price may be paid by the Participant by delivery of shares of Stock that have been beneficially owned at least six months and that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Option (determined in accordance with Section 11.01(m) of the Plan) that is equal to the amount of cash that would otherwise be required.  In the event that the Participant tenders Stock in payment (in whole or in part) of the Exercise Price of Covered Shares that the Participant has elected to purchase under the Option, the Company shall issue to the Participant a replacement option of the same type (incentive stock option or other) (a “Subsequent Replacement Option”) as the Option (the determination of type of option to be made at the time that it is exercised) and with the same expiration date as the Option. Such Subsequent Replacement Option shall entitle the Participant to purchase a number of shares of Stock equal to the number of shares tendered to the Company in payment of the Exercise Price under the Option, and shall specify a new Exercise Price equal to the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of exercise of the Option, determined in accordance with Section 11.01(m) of the Plan. The Subsequent Replacement Option shall not be exercisable during the period ending at the close of business of the day preceding the first anniversary of the date of exercise of the Option and shall never become exercisable and shall be cancelled if, during such period, the Participant sells any Stock of the Company other than in payment of the exercise price of another option granted to the Participant by the Company, or pursuant to a corporate transaction in which all holders of Stock are obligated to sell or otherwise dispose of their Stock.  Subsequent Replacement Options shall be issuable upon exercise of any Subsequent Replacement Option granted under this paragraph if all conditions for such issuance are satisfied.

 
  7.
Withholding .  All deliveries and distributions under this Agreement are subject to withholding of all applicable taxes.  At the election of the Participant, and subject to such rules and limitations as may be established by the Committee from time to time, withholding obligations as to each Option exercise may be satisfied through the surrender of shares of Stock that the Participant already owns or through the Company’s withholding of shares of Stock that the Participant is purchasing as part of the Option exercise.

 
  8.
Transferability .  The Option is not transferable other than as designated by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and during the Participant’s life, may be exercised only by the Participant.

 
 

 

 
  9.
Definitions .  Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan is similarly used in this Agreement.

 
  10.
Heirs and Successors .  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business.  If any rights exercisable by the Participant or benefits deliverable to the Participant under this Agreement have not been exercised or delivered, respectively, at the time of the Participant’s death, such rights shall be exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary,  and such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan. The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant in a writing filed with the Committee in such form and at such time as the Committee shall require.   If  a deceased Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, any rights that would have been exercisable by the Participant and any benefits distributable to the Participant shall be exercised by or distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Participant.   If a deceased Participant designates a beneficiary but the Designated Beneficiary dies before the Designated Beneficiary’s exercise of all rights under this Agreement or before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under this Agreement, then any rights that would have been exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary shall be exercised by the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary, and any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

 
  11.
Administration .  The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan.  Any interpretation of the Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to the Agreement is final and binding on all persons.

 
  12.
Plan Governs .  The terms of this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which may be obtained by the Participant from the office of the Secretary of the Company; and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan.

 
  13.
Not An Employment Contract .  The Option will not confer on the Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary, nor will it interfere in any way with any right the Company or any Subsidiary would otherwise have to terminate or modify the terms of such Participant’s employment or other service at any time.

 
  14.
Notices .  Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax or overnight courier, or by postage paid first class mail.  Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailed but in no event later than the date of actual receipt.  Notices shall be directed, if to the Participant, at the Participant’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, at the Company’s principal executive office.

 
  15.
Fractional Shares .  In lieu of issuing a fraction of a share upon any exercise of the Option, resulting from an adjustment of the Option pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, the Company will be entitled to pay to the Participant an amount equal to the fair market value of such fractional share.

 
  16.
No Rights As Shareholder .  The Participant shall not have any rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares subject to the Option, until a stock certificate has been duly issued following exercise of the Option as provided herein.

 
  17.
Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended by written Agreement of the Participant and the Company, without the consent of any other person.

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant has executed this Agreement and the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the Grant Date. 

GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP
 
   
By:
 
   
   
Mark A. Schroeder, President and
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
I hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan, the Prospectus of the Company dated February 13, 2002, related to the Plan, Supplement No. 1 to the Prospectus dated February 13, 2002, and the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (without exhibits) for the year ended December 31, 200_, and I acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.
 
PARTICIPANT:
 
   
   
 
 
 

 
 
Exhibit 10.10
 
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
 
THIS AGREEMENT, entered into as of the Grant Date (as defined in paragraph 1), by and between the Participant and GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP (the “Company”), WITNESSETH THAT:
 
WHEREAS, the Company maintains the German American Bancorp 1999 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which is incorporated into and forms a part of this Agreement, and the Participant has been selected by the Company’s Board of Directors, acting in respect of this grant as the committee administering the Plan (the “Committee”), to receive a Non-Qualified Stock Option Award under the Plan;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and the Participant, as follows:
 
 
1.
Terms of Award .  The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this paragraph 1:

The “Participant” is __________

The “Grant Date” is ________.

The number of “Covered Shares” shall be _______ shares of Stock.

The “Stock”is the Company’s Common Shares, no par value.

The “Exercise Price” is $______ per share.

Other terms used in this Agreement are defined elsewhere in this Agreement.
 
 
2.
Award and Exercise Price .  This Agreement specifies the terms of the option (the “Option”) granted to the Participant to purchase the number of Covered Shares of Stock at the Exercise Price per share as set forth in paragraph 1, subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with Section 4.02 of the Plan. The Option is not intended to constitute an “incentive stock option” as that term is used in Internal Revenue Code Section 422.

 
3.
Exercise Period .  Subject to the limitations of this Agreement and to the Committee’s rights to cancel the Option prior to its being exercised under Section 5.03(g) of the Plan, the Option shall be exercisable immediately as to all Covered Shares. The Option shall remain fully exercisable until the date specified by paragraph 4, regardless of any termination of the Participant’s employment with or service to the Company or any Subsidiary, whether caused by retirement, disability, death or otherwise, and the provisions of Article VII of the Plan that would otherwise limit the period of exercisability in the event of termination, retirement, disability and death are expressly overruled by the Committee in this Agreement; provided, however, that the Company reserves the right pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Plan to terminate the Option in the event of termination of the Participant’s employment with or service to the Company or any Subsidiary on account of the Participant’s deliberate, willful or gross misconduct.

 
4.
Expiration .  The Option shall not be exercisable after the Company’s close of business on the last business day that occurs prior to the Expiration Date. The “Expiration Date” shall be the ten-year anniversary of the Grant Date.

 
5.
Method of Option Exercise .  Subject to the Agreement and the Plan, the Option may be exercised in whole or in part by filing a written notice with the Chief Executive Officer of the Company at its corporate headquarters prior to the Company’s close of business on the last business day that occurs prior to the Expiration Date. Such notice shall specify the number of shares of Stock which the Participant elects to purchase, and shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for such shares of Stock indicated by the Participant’s election. Cash payments shall be made in immediately available funds acceptable to the Committee. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee at or before the time that the Option is exercised, all or a portion of the Exercise Price may be paid by the Participant by delivery of shares of Stock owned by the Participant and acceptable to the Committee having an aggregate Fair Market Value (valued as of the date of exercise) that is equal to the amount of cash that would otherwise be required. The Option shall not be exercisable if and to the extent the Company determines that such exercise would violate applicable state or Federal securities laws or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Stock is traded. If the Company makes such a determination, it shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain compliance with such laws, rules or regulations. In making any determination hereunder, the Company may rely on the opinion of counsel for the Company.
 
 
 

 
 
 
6.
Withholding .  All deliveries and distributions under this Agreement are subject to withholding of all applicable taxes. At the election of the Participant, and subject to such rules and limitations as may be established by the Committee from time to time, withholding obligations as to each Option exercise may be satisfied through the surrender of shares of Stock which the Participant already owns or through the Company’s withholding of shares of Stock that the Participant is purchasing as part of the Option exercise.

 
7.
Transferability .  The Option is not transferable other than as designated by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and during the Participant’s life, may be exercised only by the Participant.

 
8.
Definitions .  Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan is similarly used in this Agreement.

 
9.
Heirs and Successors .  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business. If any rights exercisable by the Participant or benefits deliverable to the Participant under this Agreement have not been exercised or delivered, respectively, at the time of the Participant’s death, such rights shall be exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary, and such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan. The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant in a writing filed with the Committee in such form and at such time as the Committee shall require. If a deceased Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, any rights that would have been exercisable by the Participant and any benefits distributable to the Participant shall be exercised by or distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Participant. If a deceased Participant designates a beneficiary but the Designated Beneficiary dies before the Designated Beneficiary’s exercise of all rights under this Agreement or before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under this Agreement, then any rights that would have been exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary shall be exercised by the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary, and any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

 
10.
Administration .  The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan. Any interpretation of the Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to the Agreement is final and binding on all persons.

 
11.
Plan Governs .  The terms of this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which may be obtained by the Participant from the office of the Secretary of the Company; and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan.

 
12.
Not An Employment Contract .  The Option will not confer on the Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary, nor will it interfere in any way with any right the Company or any Subsidiary would otherwise have to terminate or modify the terms of such Participant’s employment or other service at any time.
 
 
 

 
 
 
13.
Notices .  Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax or overnight courier, or by postage paid first class mail. Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailed but in no event later than the date of actual receipt. Notices shall be directed, if to the Participant, at the Participant’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, at the Company’s principal executive office.

 
14.
Fractional Shares .  In lieu of issuing a fraction of a share upon any exercise of the Option, resulting from an adjustment of the Option pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, the Company will be entitled to pay to the Participant an amount equal to the fair market value of such fractional share.

 
15.
No Rights As Shareholder .  The Participant shall not have any rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares subject to the Option, until a stock certificate has been duly issued following exercise of the Option as provided herein.

 
16.
Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended by written Agreement of the Participant and the Company, without the consent of any other person.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant has executed this Agreement, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the Grant Date.
 

GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP
 
   
By:
 
   
   
Mark A. Schroeder
 
President & CEO
 
 
I hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan, the Prospectus of the Company dated February 13, 2002, related to the Plan, Supplement No. 1 to the Prospectus dated February 13, 2002, and the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (without exhibits) for the year ended December 31, 200__, and I acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.
 

PARTICIPANT:
 
   
   
 
 
 

 
 
Exhibit 10.11
 
EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
 
THIS AGREEMENT, entered into as of the Grant Date (as defined in paragraph 1), by and between the Participant and GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP (the “Company”), WITNESSETH THAT:
 
WHEREAS, the Company maintains the German American Bancorp 1999 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which is incorporated into and forms a part of this Agreement, and the Participant has been selected by the Company’s Board of Directors, acting in respect of this grant as the committee administering the Plan (the “Committee”), to receive a Stock Option Award under the Plan;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and the Participant, as follows:
 
 
1.
Terms of Award .  The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this paragraph 1:

The “ Participant ” is __________.

The “ Grant Date ” is ________.

The number of “ Covered Shares ” shall be _____ shares of Stock.

The “ Stock ”is the Company’s Common Shares, no par value.

The “ Exercise Price ” is $____ per share.
 
Other terms used in this Agreement are defined elsewhere in this Agreement.
 
 
2.
Award and Exercise Price .  This Agreement specifies the terms of the option (the “Option”) granted to the Participant to purchase the number of Covered Shares of Stock at the Exercise Price per share as set forth in paragraph 1, subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with Section 4.02 of the Plan. The Option is intended to constitute an “incentive stock option” as that term is used in Code section 422 to the maximum extent permissible thereunder.

 
3.
Exercise Period .  Subject to the limitations of this Agreement and to the Committee’s rights to cancel the Option prior to its being exercised under Section 5.03(g) of the Plan, the Option shall be exercisable immediately as to all Covered Shares. The Option shall remain fully exercisable until the date specified by paragraph 4, subject to the provisions of Article VII of the Plan that would limit the period of exercisability in the event of termination, retirement, disability and death.

 
4.
Expiration .  The Option shall not be exercisable after the Company’s close of business on the last business day that occurs prior to the Expiration Date. The “Expiration Date” shall be the ten-year   anniversary of the Grant Date.

 
5.
Method of Option Exercise .  Subject to the Agreement and the Plan, the Option may be exercised in whole or in part by filing a written notice with the Chairman of the Company at its corporate headquarters prior to the Company’s close of business on the last business day that occurs prior to the Expiration Date. Such notice shall specify the number of shares of Stock which the Participant elects to purchase, and shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for such shares of Stock indicated by the Participant’s election. Cash payments shall be made in immediately available funds acceptable to the Committee. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee at or before the time that the Option is exercised, all or a portion of the Exercise Price may be paid by the Participant by delivery of shares of Stock owned by the Participant and acceptable to the Committee having an aggregate Fair Market Value (valued as of the date of exercise) that is equal to the amount of cash that would otherwise be required. The Option shall not be exercisable if and to the extent the Company determines that such exercise would violate applicable state or Federal securities laws or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Stock is traded. If the Company makes such a determination, it shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain compliance with such laws, rules or regulations. In making any determination hereunder, the Company may rely on the opinion of counsel for the Company.
 
 
 

 
 
 
6.
Withholding .  All deliveries and distributions under this Agreement are subject to withholding of all applicable taxes. At the election of the Participant, and subject to such rules and limitations as may be established by the Committee from time to time, withholding obligations as to each Option exercise may be satisfied through the surrender of shares of Stock which the Participant already owns or through the Company’s withholding of shares of Stock that the Participant is purchasing as part of the Option exercise.

 
7.
Transferability .  The Option is not transferable other than as designated by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and during the Participant’s life, may be exercised only by the Participant.

 
8.
Definitions .  Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan is similarly used in this Agreement.

 
9.
Heirs and Successors .  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business. If any rights exercisable by the Participant or benefits deliverable to the Participant under this Agreement have not been exercised or delivered, respectively, at the time of the Participant’s death, such rights shall be exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary, and such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan. The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant in a writing filed with the Committee in such form and at such time as the Committee shall require. If a deceased Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, any rights that would have been exercisable by the Participant and any benefits distributable to the Participant shall be exercised by or distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Participant. If a deceased Participant designates a beneficiary but the Designated Beneficiary dies before the Designated Beneficiary’s exercise of all rights under this Agreement or before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under this Agreement, then any rights that would have been exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary shall be exercised by the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary, and any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

 
10.
Administration .  The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan. Any interpretation of the Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to the Agreement is final and binding on all persons.

 
11.
Plan Governs .  The terms of this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which may be obtained by the Participant from the office of the Secretary of the Company; and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan.

 
12.
Not An Employment Contract .  The Option will not confer on the Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary, nor will it interfere in any way with any right the Company or any Subsidiary would otherwise have to terminate or modify the terms of such Participant’s employment or other service at any time.

 
13.
Notices .  Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax or overnight courier, or by postage paid first class mail. Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailed but in no event later than the date of actual receipt. Notices shall be directed, if to the Participant, at the Participant’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, at the Company’s principal executive office.
 
 
 

 
 
 
14.
Fractional Shares .  In lieu of issuing a fraction of a share upon any exercise of the Option, resulting from an adjustment of the Option pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, the Company will be entitled to pay to the Participant an amount equal to the fair market value of such fractional share.

 
15.
No Rights As Shareholder .  The Participant shall not have any rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares subject to the Option, until a stock certificate has been duly issued following exercise of the Option as provided herein.

 
16.
Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended by written Agreement of the Participant and the Company, without the consent of any other person.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant has executed this Agreement, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the Grant Date.
 
GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP
 
BY:
 
   
   
 
I hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan, the Prospectus of the Company dated February 13, 2002, related to the Plan, Supplement No. 1 to the Prospectus dated February 13, 2002, and the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (without exhibits) for the year ended December 31, 200__, and I acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.
 
PARTICIPANT:
 
   
   
 
 
 

 
 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
(AS OF MARCH 5, 2011)

Name of Subsidiary
 
State/Jurisdiction of
Incorporation/Organization
 
Other Names under which
Subsidiary Does Business
German American Bancorp
 
Indiana
 
Bank of Evansville
GAB Investment Company, Inc.
 
Nevada
   
GAB Investment Center, Inc.
 
Nevada
   
GAB Investments, LLC
 
Nevada
   
GAB Capital Funding Corp.
 
Nevada
   
GAB Funding Corp.
 
Maryland
   
First Title Insurance Company
 
Indiana
   
GABC Leasing, Inc.
 
Indiana
   
GABC Holdings, Inc.
 
Indiana
   
German American Financial Advisors & Trust Company
 
Indiana
 
German American Financial Advisors
         
German American Insurance, Inc.
 
Indiana
   
Allied Premium Finance Company
 
Indiana
   
GABC Risk Management, Inc.
 
Nevada
   
German American Reinsurance Company, Ltd.
 
Turks and Caicos Islands
   
         
Financial Services of Southern Indiana, Inc.
 
Indiana
   
         
ACB Capital Trust I
 
Delaware
   
ACB Capital Trust II
 
Delaware
   

Exhibit 21
 
 
 

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements of German American Bancorp, Inc. on Forms S-3 and S-8 (333-160749, 333-131034, 333-80605 and 333-157277) of our report dated March 9, 2011 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of German American Bancorp, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of German American Bancorp, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Crowe Horwath LLP

Louisville, Kentucky
March 9, 2011

Exhibit 23
   
 
 

 
  
 
Exhibit 31.1
  
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Section 302 Certification for Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
 
I, Mark A. Schroeder, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of German American Bancorp, Inc., certify that:
 
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of German American Bancorp, Inc. (the “registrant”):
 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and  have:
 
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 
March 9, 2011
 
Date
 
   
/s/ Mark A. Schroeder
 
Mark A. Schroeder
 
Chairman of the Board and
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2
 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Section 302 Certification for Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
I, Bradley M. Rust, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of German American Bancorp, Inc. certify that:
 
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of German American Bancorp, Inc., (the “registrant”):
 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 
March 9, 2011
 
Date
 
   
/s/ Bradley M. Rust
 
Bradley M. Rust
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(principal accounting officer and principal financial officer)
 
 
 

 
 
 
Exhibit 32.1
 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Section 906 Certification for Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
 
I, Mark A. Schroeder, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of German American Bancorp, Inc. certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 1350),  that:
 
(1) the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, (the “Periodic Report”) which this statement accompanies fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m); and
 
(2) information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of German American Bancorp, Inc.
 
This certificate is being furnished solely for purposes of Section 906 and is not being filed as part of the Periodic Report.
 
March 9, 2011
 
Date
 
   
/s/ Mark A. Schroeder
 
Mark A. Schroeder
 
Chairman of the Board and
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 

 
 
Exhibit 32.2
 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Section 906 Certification for Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
I, Bradley M. Rust, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of German American Bancorp, Inc. certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 1350),  that:
 
(1) the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, (the “Periodic Report”) which this statement accompanies fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m); and
 
(2) information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of German American Bancorp, Inc.
 
This certificate is being furnished solely for purposes of Section 906 and is not being filed as part of the Periodic Report.
 
March 9, 2011
 
Date
 
   
/s/ Bradley M. Rust
 
Bradley M. Rust
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(principal accounting officer and principal financial officer)